Yealink SIP-T2 Series Administrator's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Yealink Manuals
  4. IP Phone
  5. SIP-T2 Series
  6. Administrator's manual
Yealink SIP-T2 Series Administrator's Manual

Yealink SIP-T2 Series Administrator's Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for SIP-T2 Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Table Of Contents
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Administrator's Manual

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SIP-T2 Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Yealink SIP-T2 Series

Summary of Contents for Yealink SIP-T2 Series

  • Page 2 Technology CO., LTD. shall not be liable for errors contained herein nor for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this guide. Hereby, Yealink Network Technology CO., LTD. declares that this phone is in conformity with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the CE, FCC.
  • Page 3 Do not dispose of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste and have to collect such WEEE separately. We are striving to improve our documentation quality and we appreciate your feedback. Email your opinions and comments to DocsFeedback@yealink.com.
  • Page 4 Yealink IP phone firmware contains third-party software under the GNU General Public License (GPL). Yealink uses software under the specific terms of the GPL. Please refer to the GPL for the exact terms and conditions of the license. The original GPL license, source code of components licensed under GPL and used in Yealink products can be downloaded from Yealink web site: http://www.yealink.com/GPLOpenSource.aspx?BaseInfoCateId=293&NewsCateId=293&CateId=293.
  • Page 5 IP Phones Deployment Guide for BroadSoft UC-One Environments, which describes  how to configure BroadSoft features on the BroadWorks web portal and IP phones. For support or service, please contact your Yealink reseller or go to Yealink Technical Support online: http://support.yealink.com/. Yealink documentations contain a few typographic conventions.
  • Page 6 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Convention Description they are involved in a procedure or user action (e.g., Click on Settings->Upgrade.). Also used to emphasize text (e.g., Important!). http(s)://[IPv6 Used to show the format of examples (e.g.,...
  • Page 7 About This Guide Chapter 9, “Appendix” provides the glossary, reference information about IP  phones compliant with 3261, SIP call flows and the sample configuration files. This section describes the changes to this guide for each release and guide version. Documentations of the newly released SIP-T27G IP phones have been added.
  • Page 8 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Appendix F: Configurations Defined Never be Saved to <MAC>-local.cfg file  page The following section is new for this version: Exporting All the Diagnostic Files on page  Major updates have occurred to the following sections:...
  • Page 9 This version is updated to incorporate CP860 IP phones. Documentations of the newly released SIP-T40P IP phones have also been added. The following sections are new for this version: Conventions Used in Yealink Documentations on page  Wi-Fi on page ...
  • Page 10 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Busy Lamp Field (BLF) on page  Multicast Paging on page  Action URI on page  on page  Quality of Service on page  NAT Traversal on page ...
  • Page 11 About This Guide LDAP on page  Action URL on page  Action URI on page  Server Redundancy on page  The following sections are new for this version: Expansion Module on page  Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page ...
  • Page 12 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Appendix E: Auto Provisioning Flowchart (Keep user personalized configuration  settings) on page Major updates have occurred to the following sections: DHCP on page  Time and Date on page ...
  • Page 13 About This Guide Return Code When Refuse on page  DTMF on page  Phone Lock on page  Appendix B: Time Zones on page  This version is updated to incorporate SIP-T46G, SIP-T42G, SIP-T41P and SIP-T29G IP phones. The following sections are new for this version: Wallpaper on page ...
  • Page 14 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones...
  • Page 15 Table of Contents About This Guide ..............v Documentations ..........................v Conventions Used in Yealink Documentations ................v In This Guide ........................... vi Summary of Changes ........................vii Changes for Release 80, Guide Version 80.96 ..............vii Changes for Release 80, Guide Version 80.95 ..............vii Changes for Release 80, Guide Version 80.91 ..............

  • Page 16: Table Of Contents

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Connecting the Optional USB Flash Drive (Only Applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T27G/CP860 IP Phones) ..................33 Connecting the Optional PC or Mobile Device (Only Applicable to CP860 IP Phones) .. 35 Connecting the Optional External Monitor (Only Applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP Phones) 35 Initialization Process Overview ....................
  • Page 17 Table of Contents Account Registration ........................142 Call Display ..........................155 Display Method on Dialing ......................160 Web Server Type.......................... 161 Time and Date ..........................165 NTP Time Server ........................166 Time and Date Settings ....................... 171 Daylight Saving Time ......................175 Language .............................
  • Page 18 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Allow IP Call ..........................296 Accept SIP Trust Server Only ...................... 298 Call Completion ........................... 299 Anonymous Call ........................... 303 Anonymous Call Rejection ......................308 Do Not Disturb (DND) ........................312 Busy Tone Delay ...........................
  • Page 19 Table of Contents SIP Send Line ..........................460 Reserve # in User Name ......................462 Password Dial..........................464 Unregister When Reboot ......................466 100 Reliable Retransmission ....................... 468 Reboot in Talking .......................... 470 Answer By Hand .......................... 472 Bandwidth ............................ 473 Screenshot and Recording ......................
  • Page 20 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones DHCP VLAN ........................... 666 Configuring VLAN Feature in the Wireless Network............669 VPN ..............................671 Voice Quality Monitoring ......................674 RTCP-XR ..........................675 VQ-RTCPXR ..........................677 Quality of Service ........................695 Configuring the IP phone for Use with a Firewall or NAT ............
  • Page 21 Table of Contents Encrypting Configuration Files ....................836 802.1X Authentication ......................... 841 Troubleshooting ..............853 Troubleshooting Methods ......................853 Viewing Log Files ........................853 Capturing Packets ........................ 870 Enabling Watch Dog Feature ....................876 Getting Information from Status Indicators ................ 878 Getting Information from Talk Statistics................
  • Page 22 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP Responses ........................943 SIP Session Description Protocol (SDP) Usage ..............945 Appendix H: SIP Call Flows ......................946 Successful Call Setup and Disconnect ................946 Unsuccessful Call Setup—Called User is Busy ..............949 Unsuccessful Call Setup—Called User Does Not Answer ..........
  • Page 23 Product Overview This chapter contains the following information about IP phones: VoIP Principle  SIP Components  SIP IP Phone Models  Expansion Module  VoIP VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) is a technology using the Internet Protocol instead of traditional Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) technology for voice communications.
  • Page 24 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones network. Signaling allows call information to be carried across network boundaries. Session management provides the ability to control attributes of an end-to-end call. SIP provides capabilities to: Determine the location of the target endpoint -- SIP supports address resolution, ...
  • Page 25 3261), and they can only be used within a network that supports this model of phone. For a list of key features available on Yealink IP phones running the latest firmware, refer Key Features of IP Phones on page 15.
  • Page 26 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones A call server is active and configured to receive and send SIP messages.  This section lists the available physical features of SIP VP-T49G, SIP-T48G, SIP-T46G, SIP-T42G, SIP-T41P , SIP-T40P , SIP-T29G, SIP-T27P/G, SIP-T23P/G, SIP-T21(P) E2, SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 27 Product Overview 1*Built-in USB3.0 port, support camera Built-in Wi-Fi, support 802.11a/b/g/n SIP-T48G Physical Features: 7” 800 x 480 pixel color touch screen with backlight 24 bit depth color 16 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 26 dedicated hard keys 1*RJ9 (4P4C) handset port 1*RJ9 (4P4C) headset port...
  • Page 28 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T46G Physical Features: 4.3” 480 x 272 pixel color display with backlight 24 bit depth color 16 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk Compatible ® HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker...
  • Page 29 Product Overview SIP-T42G Physical Features: 192 x 64 graphic LCD 12 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 30 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys 1*RJ9 (4P4C) handset port 1*RJ9 (4P4C) headset port 2*RJ45 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1*RJ12 (6P6C) EHS36 headset adapter port 10 LEDs: 1*power, 6*line, 1*mute, 1*headset, 1*speakerphone...
  • Page 30 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T41P Physical Features: 192 x 64 graphic LCD 6 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 30 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys...
  • Page 31 Product Overview SIP-T40P Physical Features: 132 x 64 graphic LCD 3 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 27 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys 1*RJ9 (4P4C) handset port 1*RJ9 (4P4C) headset port 2*RJ45 10/100Mbps Ethernet ports 1*RJ12 (6P6C) EHS36 headset adapter port 4 LEDs: 1*power, 3*line...
  • Page 32 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T29G Physical Features: 4.3” 480 x 272 pixel color display with backlight 24 bit depth color 16 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk Compatible ® HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker...
  • Page 33 Product Overview SIP-T27P/G Physical Features: 240 x 120 graphic LCD 6 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 35 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys 1*RJ9 (4P4C) handset port 1*RJ9 (4P4C) headset port 2*RJ45 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet ports (1000Mbps is only applicable to SIP-T27G IP phones) 1*RJ12 (6P6C) expansion module port...
  • Page 34 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T23P/G Physical Features: 132 x 64 graphic LCD with 4-level grayscales 3 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 27 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys...
  • Page 35 Product Overview SIP-T21(P) E2 Physical Features: 132 x 64 graphic LCD 2 VoIP accounts, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible 26 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys 4 LEDs: 1*power, 2*line, 1*message HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset, HD Speaker 1*RJ9 (4P4C) handset port 1*RJ9 (4P4C) headset port 2*RJ45 10/100Mbps Ethernet ports...
  • Page 36 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T19(P) E2 Physical Features: 132 x 64 graphic LCD Single VoIP account, Broadsoft Validated/Asterisk ® Compatible 24 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys 1 LED: 1*power HD Voice: HD Codec, HD Handset...
  • Page 37 Product Overview CP860 Physical Features: 192 x 64 graphic LCD One VoIP account 20 dedicated hard keys and 4 context-sensitive soft keys HD Voice: HD Codec 1 mobile phone/PC port: 3.5mm 1*RJ45 10/100Mbps Ethernet port 2*EXT mic ports 1*USB2.0 port Security lock port 3 LED indicators Power adapter (optional): AC 100~240V input and DC 5V/2A output...
  • Page 38 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones auto answer. Advanced Features: BLF , server redundancy, distinctive ring tones, remote phone book, LDAP . Codecs and Voice Features  Wideband codec: G.722, Opus (Opus is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/T27G IP phones) Narrowband codec: G.711, G.726, G.729, iLBC, G723 (G723 is not applicable to...
  • Page 39 Product Overview TR-069 Security  HTTPS (server/client) SRTP (RFC 3711) Transport Layer Security (TLS) VLAN (802.1q), QoS Digest authentication using MD5/MD5-sess Secure configuration file via AES encryption Phone lock for personal privacy protection Admin/User configuration mode 802.1X authentication This section introduces EXP20 and EXP40 expansion modules. EXP20 is only applicable to SIP-T29G and SIP-T27P/G IP phones.
  • Page 40 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 20 additional keys through page switch Daisy-chain 6 modules up to 120 keys Expansion module (≤2) is powered by the host phone 2*RJ-12 (6P6C) ports for data in and out EXP40...

  • Page 41: Connecting The Optional Usb Flash Drive

    Getting Started This chapter provides basic information and installation instructions of SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones. This chapter provides the following sections: Connecting the IP Phones  Initialization Process Overview  Verifying Startup  Reading Icons  Configuration Methods ...
  • Page 42 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To attach the stand and the optional wall mount bracket: For SIP VP-T49G: Desk Mount Method Note Wall Mount Method is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones.
  • Page 43 Getting Started For SIP-T48G: Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method (Optional) Note The top two slots on SIP-T48G IP phones are plugged up by silica gel. You need to pull out silica gel before attaching the wall mount bracket.
  • Page 44 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones For SIP-T46G: Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method (Optional)
  • Page 45 Getting Started For SIP-T42G/T41P/T40P: Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method (Optional)
  • Page 46 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones For SIP-T29G/T27P/T27G: Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method (Optional)
  • Page 47 Getting Started For SIP-T23P/T23G: Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method (Optional)
  • Page 48 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones For SIP-T21(P) E2: Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method (Optional)
  • Page 49 The hookswitch tab has a lip which allows the handset to stay on-hook when the IP phone is mounted vertically. Yealink Wall Mount For more information on how to mount the IP phone to a wall, refer to Quick Installation Guide...
  • Page 50 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To connect the handset and optional headset: For SIP VP-T49G: For SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G: For SIP-T42G/T41P/T40P:...
  • Page 51 Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 can only be used on the SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. For more information on how to use the Bluetooth on SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones, refer to Yealink Bluetooth USB Dongle BT40 User Guide The EXT port on SIP-T48G/T46G IP phones can also be used to connect the expansion module EXP40.
  • Page 52 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones For SIP-T19(P) E2: AC Power (Optional) To connect the AC power and network: Connect the DC plug of the power adapter to the DC5V (for SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860) or DC12V (for SIP VP-T49G) port on the IP phone and connect the other end of the power adapter into an electrical power outlet.
  • Page 53 For CP860: Note The IP phone should be used with Yealink original power adapter only. The use of the third-party power adapter may cause the damage to the phone. Power over Ethernet With the included or a regular Ethernet cable, IP phones can be powered from a PoE-compliant switch or hub.
  • Page 54 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To connect the PoE: 1) Connect the Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the IP phone and an available port on the in-line power switch/hub. For SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21P E2/T19P E2: For CP860: Note If in-line power switch/hub is provided, you don’t need to connect the phone to the power...
  • Page 55 Getting Started You can connect optional extension microphones to enhance the room coverage of the conference phone. The Yealink-provided extension microphone kit contains two extension microphones. To connect the extension microphones: 1) Connect the free end of the optional extension microphone cable to one of the MIC ports on the phone.
  • Page 56 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To connect a USB flash drive: 1) Insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on the phone. For SIP VP-T49G: For SIP-T27G: Note The USB port on SIP-T27G IP phones can also be used to connect the Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 or USB headset.
  • Page 57 Getting Started You can connect a PC or mobile device to listen to the PC or mobile audio using your conference phone. To connect a PC or mobile device: 1) Connect one end of the 3.5mm jack cable to the PC/mobile port on the phone, and connect the other end to the headset jack on the mobile device or the AUX/MIC jack on the PC.
  • Page 58 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Lock together. You are advised to attach the camera to the external monitor whose back is straight. 3) Connect the other end of the USB3.0 cable to the IP phone. 4) Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the phone, and connect the other end to the HDMI port on the external monitor.
  • Page 59 Getting Started Loading the ROM file The ROM file resides in the flash memory of the IP phone. The IP phone comes from the factory with a ROM file preloaded. During initialization, the IP phone runs a bootstrap loader that loads and executes the ROM file. Configuring the VLAN If the IP phone is connected to a switch, the switch notifies the IP phone of the VLAN information defined on the switch (if using LLDP or CDP).
  • Page 60 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Language packs  Ring tones  Contact files  After connected to the power and network, the IP phone begins the initializing process by cycling through the following steps: The power indicator LED illuminates solid red.
  • Page 61 Getting Started Icons associated with different features may appear on the LCD screen. The following table provides a description for each icon on IP phones. T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 Network is unavailable. Private line registers successfully.
  • Page 62 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 Voice Mail Text Message Auto Answer Do Not Disturb Call Forward Camera is not detected Call Hold (video)
  • Page 63 Getting Started T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 Received Calls Placed Calls Missed Calls Forwarded Calls Recording box is full A call cannot be recorded Recording starts successfully Recording cannot be started Recording cannot be stopped...
  • Page 64 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 VPN is enabled Bluetooth mode is on Bluetooth headset is both paired and connected Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone is both paired and...
  • Page 65 Getting Started T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 DSS Key Line key type is Line (line is seized) Line key type is Speed Dial Line key type is BLF/BLF List (BLF/BLF list idle state) Line key type is BLF/BLF List (BLF/BLF list ringing state) Line key type is BLF/BLF List...
  • Page 66 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 Line key type is Group Pickup Line key type is Call Park (park successfully/call park idle state)
  • Page 67 Getting Started T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 Line key type is Transfer Line key type is Hold Line key type is DND Line key type is Recall Line key type is SMS Line key type is Record/URL Record Line key type is Record/URL...
  • Page 68 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 Line key type is Phone Lock Line key type is Mobile Account (Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone is connected...
  • Page 69 Getting Started T23P/T23G T49G T48G T46G T42G/T41P T40P T29G T27P/G T19(P) E2 CP860 Description /T21(P) E2 The shared line/bridged line is idle The shared line receives ring-back tone (Flashing) (Flashing) The shared line receives an incoming call (Flashing) (Flashing) The shared line is in conversation The shared line conversation is placed on...
  • Page 70 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones IP phones can be configured automatically through configuration files stored on a central provisioning server, manually via phone user interface or web user interface, or by a combination of the automatic and manual methods.
  • Page 71 Getting Started The common CFG file has a fixed name for each IP phone model. The name of the Common CFG file for each IP phone model is: SIP VP-T49G: y000000000051.cfg  SIP-T48G: y000000000035.cfg  SIP-T46G: y000000000028.cfg  SIP-T42G: y000000000029.cfg ...
  • Page 72 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones #Configure the IP address mode. network.ip_address_mode = The following specified configurations.  #Configure always forward feature. forward.always.enable = forward.always.target = forward.always.on_code = forward.always.off_code = #Configure busy forward feature. forward.busy.enable = forward.busy.target = forward.busy.on_code =...
  • Page 73 Getting Started account.X.timeout_fwd.target = account.X.timeout_fwd.timeout = account.X.timeout_fwd.on_code = account.X.timeout_fwd.off_code = #Configure DND feature for account X. (It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. X stands for the serial number of account) account.X.dnd.enable = account.X.dnd.on_code = account.X.dnd.off_code = #Configure the access URL of the firmware file.
  • Page 74 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones expansion_module.X.key.Y.line = expansion_module.X.key.Y.value = expansion_module.X.key.Y.pickup_value = expansion_module.X.key.Y.label = expansion_module.X.key.Y.xml_phonebook = The MAC-local CFG file enables the phone to keep user settings. For more personalized information on how to keep user settings, refer to...
  • Page 75 SIP VP-T49G IP phones) Super Search super_search.xml Template Local Contact File contact.xml Department.xml Remote Phone Book Template Menu.xml You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for template files. You can also obtain the template files online: http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage...
  • Page 76 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To download template files: Go to Yealink Document Download page and select the desired phone model. Download and extract the combined configuration files to your local system. The following illustration shows the template files available for SIP-T23G IP phones running firmware version 80.
  • Page 77 SIP-T46G/T23G IP phones as example for reference. Note Yealink IP phones support FTP , TFTP , HTTP and HTTPS protocols for uploading the MAC-local CFG file. This section takes the TFTP protocol as an example. Before performing the following, make sure the provisioning server supports uploading.
  • Page 78 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default None Phone User Interface: None auto_provision.custom.sync 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to periodically (every 5 minutes) upload the <MAC>-local.cfg file to the provisioning server, and download the <MAC>-local.cfg file from the provisioning server during auto provisioning.
  • Page 79 Getting Started For more information on how to configure these parameters in different scenarios, refer to the following introduced scenarios. The administrator wishes to upgrade firmware from the old version to the latest version. Meanwhile, keep user personalized settings after auto provisioning and upgrade. This scenario is only applicable to SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P IP phones.
  • Page 80 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones provisioning server and add the following parameters to this file. firmware.url = tftp://192.168.1.211/28.80.0.60.rom auto_provision.server.url = tftp://192.168.1.211/ProvisioningDir_new Note If your IP phone is running firmware version prior to 61, the IP phone can only recognize the old (M1) configuration file for auto provisioning, so the blank configuration file created above uses the M1 template.
  • Page 81 Getting Started SIP-T23G IP phone target firmware version: 44.80.0.60. This firmware supports  keeping personalized settings and generating a <MAC>-local.cfg file. SIP-T23G IP phone MAC: 001565770984  Provisioning server URL: tftp://192.168.1.211  Place the target firmware to the root directory of the provisioning server. ...
  • Page 82 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Scenario Operations II: Add/Edit the following parameters in the y000000000044.cfg file or 001565770984.cfg file you want the IP phone to download: auto_provision.custom.protect=1 auto_provision.custom.sync=0 firmware.url = tftp://192.168.1.211/44.80.0.60.rom Trigger the IP phone to perform the auto provisioning process. For more information...

  • Page 83: Phone User Interface

    Getting Started The administrator or user wishes to clear user personalized configuration settings via phone user interface. Scenario Conditions: SIP-T23G IP phone MAC: 001565770984  The current firmware of the phone is 44.80.0.60 or later.  Provisioning server URL: tftp://192.168.1.211 ...
  • Page 84 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The web user interface prompts “Are you sure to reset the local configuration”. Click OK. Configurations in the 001565770984-local.cfg file saved on the phone will be cleared. If the IP phone is triggered to perform auto provisioning after resetting local configuration file, it will download the configuration files from the provisioning server and update the configurations to the phone system.
  • Page 85 Getting Started The LCD screen prompts “Reset to factory setting?”. Press the OK soft key. The LCD screen prompts “Resetting to factory, please Wait…”. The LCD screen prompts “Welcome Initializing…please wait”. To reset the phone to factory via web user interface: Click on Settings->Upgrade.
  • Page 86 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The administrator or user can export the local configuration file to check the personalized settings of the phone configured by the user, or import the local configuration file to configure or change settings of the phone.
  • Page 87 Getting Started In the Import CFG Configuration File field, click Browse to locate the 001565770984-local.cfg file from your local system and select Local Configuration from the pull-down list. Click Import. The configurations in the imported 001565770984-local.cfg file will override the one in the existing local configuration file.

  • Page 88: Deploying Phones From The Provisioning Server

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones IP phones perform the auto provisioning function of downloading configuration files, downloading resource files and upgrading firmware. The transfer protocol is used to download files from the provisioning server. IP phones support several transport protocols for provisioning, including FTP , TFTP , HTTP , and HTTPS protocols.
  • Page 89 MAC-oriented configuration file will override the same one in the common configuration file. Yealink supplies configuration files for each phone model, which is delivered with the phone firmware. The configuration files, supplied with each firmware release, must be used with that release.

  • Page 90: Dhcp

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones server to IP phones. When the IP phone requests an IP address using the DHCP protocol, the resulting response may contain option 66 or the custom option (if configured) that contains the provisioning server address.
  • Page 91 Getting Started http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=network&q=l Phone User Interface Configure DHCP on the IP phone. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.internet_port.type 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the Internet (WAN) port type for IPv4. 0-DHCP 1-PPPoE (not applicable to SIP-T42G/T41P/CP860 IP phones) 2-Static IP Address Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “network.ip_address_mode”...
  • Page 92 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone. To configure DHCP via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port->IPv4.
  • Page 93 Getting Started Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.static_dns_enable 0 or1 Description: Triggers the static DNS feature to on or off. 0-Off 1-On If it is set to 0 (Off), the IP phone will use the IPv4 DNS obtained from DHCP . If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will use manually configured static IPv4 DNS.
  • Page 94 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the secondary IPv4 DNS server. Example: network.secondary_dns = 202.101.103.54 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter "network.static_dns_enable" is set to 1 (On). If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 95 Getting Started Enter the desired value in the IPv4 Pri.DNS and IPv4 Sec.DNS field respectively. Press the Save soft key to accept the change. The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time. DHCP provides a framework for passing information to TCP/IP network devices. Network and other control information are carried in tagged data items that are stored in the options field of the DHCP message.
  • Page 96 For more information, refer to http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3925.txt?number=3925. Yealink IP phones support obtaining the provisioning server address by detecting DHCP options during startup. The phone will automatically detect the option 66 and option 43 for obtaining the provisioning server address.
  • Page 97 Getting Started E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =settings-autop&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=settings-autop&q= load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default auto_provision.dhcp_option.enable 0 or 1 Description: Triggers the DHCP Option feature to on or off. 0-Off 1-On If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will obtain the provisioning server address by detecting DHCP options.
  • Page 98 Mark the On radio box in the DHCP Active field. Click Confirm to accept the change. Yealink IP phones support using the NTP server address offered by DHCP . DHCP option 42 is used to specify a list of NTP servers available to the client by IP address.
  • Page 99 Getting Started network.dhcp_host_name Configure the DHCP option 12 hostname. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gen eral&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default String within 99 Refer to the network.dhcp_host_name characters following content...
  • Page 100 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default For SIP-T27G IP phones: The default value is SIP-T27G. For SIP-T23P IP phones: The default value is SIP-T23P . For SIP-T23G IP phones: The default value is SIP-T23G.
  • Page 101 Getting Started A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone. If DHCP is disabled or IP phones cannot obtain network parameters from the DHCP server, you need to configure them manually. The following parameters should be configured for IP phones to establish network connectivity: IP Address ...
  • Page 102 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure network parameters of Phone User Interface the IP phone manually. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.internet_port.type 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the Internet (WAN) port type for IPv4.
  • Page 103 Getting Started Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the IPv4 address. Example: network.internet_port.ip = 192.168.1.20 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “network.ip_address_mode” is set to 0 (IPv4) or 2 (IPv4 & IPv6), and "network.internet_port.type" is set to 2 (Static IP Address).
  • Page 104 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Address). If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect. Web User Interface: Network->Basic->IPv4 Config->Static IP Address->Gateway Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN...
  • Page 105 Getting Started To configure the IP address mode via web user interface: Click on Network->Basic. Select desired value from the pull-down list of Mode(IPv4/IPv6). Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone.

  • Page 106: Pppoe

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure the IP address mode via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port. Press to select IPv4 or IPv4 & IPv6 from the IP Mode field.
  • Page 107 Getting Started Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T40P/T29G/T27P/T2 7G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=network&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=network&q=l Configure PPPoE on the IP phone. Configure the user name and Phone User Interface password for PPPoE on the IP phone. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.internet_port.type...
  • Page 108 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Example: network.pppoe.user = Xmyl0592123 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “network.ip_address_mode” is set to 0 (IPv4) or 2 (IPv4 & IPv6), and "network.internet_port.type" is set to 1 (PPPoE). If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 109 Press the Save soft key to accept the change. The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time. Yealink SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2 IP phones support two Ethernet ports: Internet port and PC port. The CP860 IP phones have Internet port only.
  • Page 110 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones parameters (e.g., speed and duplex mode) to transmit voice or data over Ethernet. This process entails devices first sharing transmission capabilities and then selecting the highest performance transmission mode supported by both. You can configure the Internet port and PC port on the IP phone to automatically negotiate during the transmission.
  • Page 111 Getting Started Procedure The transmission methods of Ethernet ports can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the transmission methods of the Internet (WAN) port. Parameters: Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg network.internet_port.speed_duplex network.pc_port.speed_duplex Configure the transmission methods of the Internet (WAN) port. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/ T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P)
  • Page 112 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default phone is connected to the switch supports Gigabit Ethernet. We recommend that you do not change this parameter. If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 113 Getting Started Select the desired value from the pull-down list of PC Port Link. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone. The PC port on the back of the IP phone is used to connect a PC.
  • Page 114 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=network-pcport&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=network-pcpo rt&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.pc_port.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the PC (LAN) port.
  • Page 115 Getting Started To disable the PC port via web user interface: Click on Network->PC Port. Select Disabled from the pull-down list of PC Port Active. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone.
  • Page 116 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones IP Phone Model Associated Firmware Name Firmware Name Example SIP-T19(P) E2 53.x.x.x.rom 53.80.0.95.rom CP860 37.x.x.x.rom 37.80.0.10.rom Note You can download the latest firmware online: http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage Do not unplug the network and power cables when the IP phone is upgrading firmware.
  • Page 117 Getting Started Check for configuration files and then download firmware during startup.  Automatically check for configuration files and then download firmware at a fixed  interval or specific time. Method of checking for configuration files is configurable. Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally. Configure the way for the IP phone to check for configuration files.
  • Page 118 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default auto_provision.power_on 0 or 1 Description: Triggers the power on feature to on or off. 0-Off 1-On If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process when powered on.
  • Page 119 Getting Started Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None auto_provision.weekly.enable 0 or 1 Description: Triggers the weekly feature to on or off. 0-Off 1-On If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process weekly. Web User Interface: Settings->Auto Provision->Weekly Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 120 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or a auto_provision.weekly.dayofweek 0123456 combination of these digits Description: Configures the days of the week for the IP phone to perform an auto provisioning process weekly.
  • Page 121 Getting Started To configure the way for the IP phone to check for configuration files via web user interface: Click on Settings->Auto Provision. Make the desired change. Click Confirm to accept the change. When the “Power On” is set to On, the IP phone will check configuration files stored on the provisioning server during startup and then will download firmware from the server.
  • Page 122 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones...

  • Page 123: Configuring Basic Features

    Configuring Basic Features This chapter provides information for making configuration changes for the following basic features: Power Indicator LED  Notification Popups  Contrast  Wallpaper  Screen Saver  Backlight  Bluetooth  Wi-Fi  Enable Page Tips  Label Length ...
  • Page 124 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Live Dialpad  Call Waiting  Redial Tone  Ringer Device for Headset  Auto Redial  Auto Answer  IP Direct Auto Answer  Allow IP Call  Accept SIP Trust Server Only ...
  • Page 125 Configuring Basic Features Call Park  Calling Line Identification Presentation  Connected Line Identification Presentation  DTMF  Allow Mute  Intercom  Call Timeout  Ringing Timeout  Send user=phone  SIP Send MAC  SIP Send Line  Reserve # in User Name ...
  • Page 126 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Mute Power Light Flash Mute Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when a call is muted. Hold/Held Power Light Flash Hold/Held Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when a call is placed on hold or is held.
  • Page 127 Configuring Basic Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values phone_setting.common_power_led_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the power indicator LED to be turned on. For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones: 0-Disabled (power indicator LED is off) 1-Enabled (power indicator LED is solid red) For SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones: 0-Disabled (power indicator LED is off) 1-Enabled (power indicator LED is solid yellow)
  • Page 128 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values phone_setting.mail_power_led_flash_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when the IP phone receives a voice mail or a text message. For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP...
  • Page 129 Configuring Basic Features Permitted Parameters Default Values Description: Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when a call is placed on hold or is held. For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones: 0-Disabled (power indicator LED does not flash) 1-Enabled ( power indicator LED fast flashes (500ms) red) For SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones: 0-Disabled (power indicator LED does not flash)
  • Page 130 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Ringing Power Light Flash. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Voice/Text Mail Power Light Flash. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Mute Power Light Flash.
  • Page 131 Configuring Basic Features E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=f eatures-notifypop&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m= mod_data&p=features-notifypop&q=l Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values features.voice_mail_popup.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to display the pop-up message box when it receives a new voice mail. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: If the voice mail pop-up message box disappears, it won't pop up again unless...
  • Page 132 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to display the pop-up message box when it forwards an incoming call to other party. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Features->Notification Popups->Display Forward Call Popup...
  • Page 133 Configuring Basic Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Display Text Message Popup. Click Confirm to accept the change. Contrast determines the readability of the texts displayed on the LCD screen. Adjusting the contrast to a comfortable level can optimize the screen viewing experience. When configured properly, contrast allows users to read the LCD’s display with minimal eyestrain.
  • Page 134 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones screen. Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default phone_setting.contrast Integer from 1 to 10 Description: Configures the contrast of the LCD screen. For T48G/T46G IP phones, it configures the LCD’s contrast of the connected EXP40 only.
  • Page 135 For SIP VP-T49G IP phones, you can also set a custom picture stored in your USB flash drive as the wallpaper. In order to do this, make sure the USB flash drive containing Yealink pictures is connected to your phone. For more information, refer to...
  • Page 136 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Navigate to: For SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/se rvlet?p=settings-preference &q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/se rvlet?m=mod_data&p=setti ngs-preference&q=load Configure the wallpaper Phone User Interface displayed on the IP phone. Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameters Permitted Values...
  • Page 137 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default is: phone_setting.backgrounds = Config:custom1.png For SIP-T46G/T29G: Permitted Values: Resource:X (Valid values of X are: Default.jpg, 01.jpg, 02.jpg, 03.jpg, 04.jpg, 05.jpg, 06.jpg, 07.jpg, 08.jpg, 09.jpg or 10.jpg) or Config:wallpaper name The default value is Default:Default.jpg. Example: To set a phone built-in picture (e.g., 01.jpg) to be wallpaper, the value format is: phone_setting.backgrounds = Resource:01.jpg...
  • Page 138 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Upload to upload the file. The custom wallpaper appears in the pull-down list of Wallpaper. To change the wallpaper via web user interface: Click on Settings->Preference. Select the desired wallpaper from the pull-down list of Wallpaper.
  • Page 139 Configuring Basic Features The screen saver will automatically start each time the IP phone is idle a certain amount of time. You can stop the screen saver and return to the idle screen at any time by tapping the touch screen. It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Users can select to display the built-in screen saver or custom screen saver.
  • Page 140 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones n_upload_picture.enable Configure the interval for the IP phone to change the picture when the screen saver starts. Parameter: screensaver.picture_change _interval Configure the interval for the IP phone to move the clock when the screen saver starts.
  • Page 141 Configuring Basic Features Defau Parameters Permitted Values 60-1min 120-2min 300-5min 600-10min 1800-30min Note: It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Web User Interface: Settings->Preference->Screensaver Wait Time Phone User Interface: None screensaver.type 0 or 1 Description: Configures the type of screen saver to display. 0-System 1-Upload Picture If it is set to 0 (System), the LCD screen saver will display the system screen saver...
  • Page 142 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Defau Parameters Permitted Values you can configure as following: screensaver.upload_url = http://192.168.10.25/Screencapture.jpg screensaver.upload_url = http://192.168.10.25/Screensaver.jpg Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “screensaver.type” is set to 1 (Upload Picture). It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones.
  • Page 143 Configuring Basic Features Defau Parameters Permitted Values Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None Integer from 5 to screensaver.picture_change_interval 1200 Description: Configures the interval (in seconds) for the IP phone to change the picture when the screen saver starts. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “screensaver.type”...
  • Page 144 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones In the Upload Screensaver field, click Upload Picture to locate the screen saver image from your local system and upload the file. The custom screen saver appears in the pull-down list of Screensaver.
  • Page 145 Configuring Basic Features Enter the desired time in the Screensaver Wait Time field. Click Confirm to accept the change. Backlight determines the brightness of the LCD screen display, allowing users to read easily in dark environments. Backlight time specifies the delay time to change the Backlight turns off quickly if a intensity of the LCD screen when the IP phone is inactive.
  • Page 146 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Backlight Active Level is used to adjust the backlight intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is active. Backlight Inactive Level is used to adjust the backlight intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is inactive. Backlight Active Level is applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones, SIP-T48G/T46G IP phones and the connected EXP40, SIP-T29G/T27P/T27G IP phones and the connected EXP20.
  • Page 147 Configuring Basic Features screen. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T 27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=s ettings-preference&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m= mod_data&p=settings-preference&q =load Configure the backlight of the LCD Phone User Interface screen. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting.active_backlight_level Integer from 1 to 10 Description: Configures the intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is active.
  • Page 148 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 1-Low Note: It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. Web User Interface: Settings->Preference->Backlight Inactive Level Phone User Interface: Menu->Basic->Display->Backlight->Backlight Inactive Level Refer to 0, 1, 15, 30, 60, 120, 300, 600 phone_setting.backlight_time...
  • Page 149 Configuring Basic Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Backlight Time(seconds). Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure backlight via phone user interface (take SIP-T23G IP phones for example): Press Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Display->Backlight. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Backlight Time field.
  • Page 150 It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. You can also activate/deactivate the Bluetooth mode and then pair and connect the Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone for Yealink SIP VP-T49G IP phones. For Yealink_SIP_VP-T49G_User_Guide more information, refer to the You can personalize the Bluetooth device name for the IP phone.
  • Page 151 Description: Configures the Bluetooth device name. For SIP VP-T49G IP phones: The default value is SIP VP-T49G. For SIP-T48G IP phones: The default value is Yealink-T48G. For SIP-T46G IP phones: The default value is Yealink-T46G. For SIP-T29G IP phones:...
  • Page 152 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default The default value is Yealink-T29G. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “features.bluetooth_enable” is set to 1 (On). It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones.
  • Page 153 You can configure the country wireless channel for your phone depending on the desired area as required. Yealink IP phones support VLAN in the wireless network. For more information, refer to Configuring VLAN Feature in the Wireless Network on page 669.
  • Page 154 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Wi-Fi feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure Wi-Fi feature. Parameter: wifi.enable Configure the Wi-Fi settings. Parameters: wifi.X.label wifi.X.ssid wifi.X.priority wifi.X.security_mode wifi.X.cipher_type Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg wifi.X.password...
  • Page 155 Configuring Basic Features Specify the delay time for the phone to disconnect the wireless network. Navigate to: For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=network-wifi& q=load Configure Wi-Fi feature. Configure the Wi-Fi settings. Phone User Interface Specify the time for the phone to disconnect the wireless network.
  • Page 156 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default wifi.X.ssid String within 32 Blank characters (X ranges from 1 to 5) Description: Configures the Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the wireless network X. SSID is a unique identifier for accessing wireless access points.
  • Page 157 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default (X ranges from 1 to 5) or TKIP CCMP Description: Configures the encryption type of the wireless network X. NONE-NONE WEP-WEP TKIP-TKIP CCMP-AES TKIP CCMP-TKIP AES Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “wifi.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled) and “wifi.X.security_mode”...
  • Page 158 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Network->Wi-Fi->Time-Out For Wi-Fi Status Detection Phone User Interface: None Refer to the following wifi.country China content Description: Configures the country wireless channel (in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band) for the IP phones.
  • Page 159 Configuring Basic Features Click Confirm to accept the change. To add a wireless network via web user interface: Click on Network->Wi-Fi. Enter the desired value in the Profile Name field. Enter the desired value in the SSID field. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Security Mode. If you select None or WEP: Enter the desired profile name in the Profile Name field.
  • Page 160 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click to select the desired wireless network which you want to adjust the priority, and then click Repeat the step 2 to adjust the priority of more wireless networks. To configure the time-out for Wi-Fi status detection via web user interface: Click on Network->Wi-Fi.
  • Page 161 Configuring Basic Features The IP phone scans the available wireless network automatically. To add a wireless network: ->Basic->Wi-Fi. Tap the On radio box in the Wi-Fi field. Tap Add. Tap the Security Mode field. Tap the desired value in the pop-up dialog box. If you select None or WEP: Enter the desired profile name in the Profile Name field.
  • Page 162 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Phone Models Icons Description incoming call on the non-current page. The line receives an incoming call on the non-current page. Solid: There is a parked call on the non-current page. Procedure Enable page tips can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 163 Configuring Basic Features Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Enable Page Tips. Click Confirm to accept the change. Label length allows IP phones to extend the display length of the line key label. If the label length feature is enabled, more characters will be displayed on the idle LCD screen.
  • Page 164 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default features.config_dsskey_length 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the extended length of the label displayed on the idle LCD screen for the line key.
  • Page 165 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Account registration can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the account registration information. Parameter: account.X.enable account.X.label account.X.display_name account.X.auth_name account.X.user_name account.X.password account.X.sip_server.Y.address account.X.sip_server.Y.port account.X.outbound_proxy_enable <MAC>.cfg account.X.outbound_host account.X.outbound_port Configuration File account.X.backup_outbound_host account.X.backup_outbound_port Configure the interval for the IP phone to retry to re-register when registration fails.
  • Page 166 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure the account registration information. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=account-register&q=load&acc For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=account-regist Local Web User Interface er&q=load&acc=0 Configure auto linekeys. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=features-general&q=load...
  • Page 167 Configuring Basic Features Configure the interval for the IP phone to retry to register when registration fails. Configure the number of DSS keys to be assigned automatically. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=account-adv&q =load&acc=0 Configure the account registration Phone User Interface...
  • Page 168 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default String within 99 account.X.label Blank characters Description: (Optional.) Configures the label to be displayed on the LCD screen for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 169 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Register->Register Name Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 170 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings->Accounts->Password account.X.sip_server.Y.address String within 256 Blank characters (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 2) Description: Configures the IP address or domain name of the SIP server Y for account X.
  • Page 171 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.outbound_proxy_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to send requests to the outbound proxy server for account X. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G)
  • Page 172 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings->Accounts->Outbound Proxy1 Integer from 0 to account.X.outbound_port 5060 65535 Description: Configures the port of the outbound proxy server for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 173 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Account->Register->Outbound Proxy Server 2 Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings->Accounts->Outbound Proxy2 Integer from 0 to account.X.backup_outbound_port 5060 65535 Description: Configures the port of the outbound proxy server 2 for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G)
  • Page 174 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default account.1.reg_fail_retry_interval = 30 Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->SIP Registration Retry Timer(0~1800s) Phone User Interface: None String within 32 account.X.number_of_linekey characters Description: Configures the number of DSS keys to be assigned with Line type automatically from the first unused one (unused one means the DSS key is configured as N/A or Line).
  • Page 175 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Features->General Information->Auto Linekeys Phone User Interface: None To register an account via web user interface: Click Account->Register. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Line Active field. Enter the desired value in Label, Display Name, Register Name, User Name, Password and SIP Server1/2 field respectively.
  • Page 176 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure the interval for re-register when registration fails via web user interface: Click Account->Advanced. Enter the desired interval in the SIP Registration Retry Timer(0~1800s) field. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 177 Configuring Basic Features To configure the number of line keys via web user interface: Click Account->Advanced. Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field. This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled. Click Confirm to accept the change. To register an account via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Accounts.
  • Page 178 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones addition to the presentation of caller identity when it receives an incoming call. The following figure shows an example of screen display when Display Called Party Information feature is enabled on the phone (a call from Tom (phone number: 1008) to Marry (phone number: 1009)).
  • Page 179 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Call Display can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure display contact photo feature. Parameter: phone_setting.contact_photo_d isplay.enable Configure display called party information feature. Parameter: Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg phone_setting.called_party_inf o_display.enable Specify the call information display method. Parameter: phone_setting.call_info_display _method...
  • Page 180 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default incoming call, dials an outgoing call or engages in a call. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. Web User Interface: Settings->Call Display->Display Contact Photo...
  • Page 181 Configuring Basic Features To configure call display features via web user interface (take SIP-T23G IP phones for example): Click on Settings->Call Display. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Display Called Party Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Call Information Display Method. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 182 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones When the IP phone is on the pre-dialing or dialing screen, the account information will be displayed on the top left corner of the LCD screen. You can customize the account information to be displayed on the IP phone as required.
  • Page 183 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the account information displayed on the top left corner of the LCD screen when the IP phone is on the pre-dialing or dialing screen. 1-Label 2-Display Name 3-User Name Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Display Method on Dialing Phone User Interface: None...
  • Page 184 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Web server type can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the web access type, HTTP port and HTTPS port. Parameters: wui.http_enable Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg network.port.http wui.https_enable network.port.https Configure the web access type, HTTP port and HTTPS port.
  • Page 185 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Network->Advanced->Web Server->HTTP Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->Webserver Type->HTTP Status network.port.http Integer from 1 to 65535 Description: Configures the HTTP port for the user to access web user interface of the IP phone using the HTTP protocol.
  • Page 186 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default effect. Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->Web Server->HTTPS Port(1~65535) Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->Webserver Type->HTTPS Port To configure web server type via web user interface: Click on Network->Advanced.

  • Page 187: Ntp Time Server

    Configuring Basic Features ->Network->Webserver Type. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTP Status field. Enter the desired HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTP Status field.
  • Page 188 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones A time server is a computer server that reads the actual time from a reference clock and distributes this information to the clients in a network. The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is the most widely used protocol that distributes and synchronizes time in the network.
  • Page 189 Configuring Basic Features E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=settings-datetime&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-datet ime&q=load Configure DHCP time feature. Phone User Interface Configure the NTP server, time zone. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default local_time.manual_ntp_srv_prior 0 or 1 Description: Configures the priority for the IP phone to use the NTP server address offered by the DHCP server.
  • Page 190 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default IP Address or Domain local_time.ntp_server1 cn.pool.ntp.org Name Description: Configures the IP address or the domain name of the NTP server 1. Example: local_time.ntp_server1 = 192.168.0.5 Web User Interface: Settings->Time &...
  • Page 191 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the time zone. For more available time zones, refer to Appendix B: Time Zones on page 907. Example: local_time.time_zone = +8 Web User Interface: Settings->Time & Date->Time Zone Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Time &...
  • Page 192 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of NTP by DHCP Priority. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the NTP server, time zone via web user interface: Click on Settings->Time & Date.
  • Page 193 Configuring Basic Features Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the NTP server and time zone via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Time & Date->SNTP Settings. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the time zone that applies to your area from the Time Zone field.
  • Page 194 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=settings-datetime&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-datet ime&q=load Configure the time and date manually. Phone User Interface Configure the time and date formats. Details of Configuration Parameters:...
  • Page 195 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Settings->Time & Date->Time Format Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Time & Date->Time & Date Format->Time Format local_time.date_format 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 Description: Configures the date format. Valid values are: 0-WWW MMM DD 1-DD-MMM-YY 2-YYYY-MM-DD 3-DD/MM/YYYY...
  • Page 196 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the time and date in the corresponding fields. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the time and date format via web user interface: Click on Settings->Time & Date.
  • Page 197 Configuring Basic Features Press the Save soft key to accept the change. To configure the time and date formats via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Time & Date->Time & Date Format. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired time format from the Time Format field.
  • Page 198 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default local_time.summer_time 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures Daylight Saving Time (DST) feature. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled 2-Automatic Web User Interface: Settings->Time & Date->Daylight Saving Time Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Time &...
  • Page 199 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Hour: 0=0am, 1=1am,…, 23=11pm If “local_time.dst_time_type” is set to 1 (DST by Week), use the mapping: Month: 1=January, 2=February,…, 12=December Week of Month: 1=the first week in a month,…, 5=the last week in a month Day of Week: 1=Monday, 2=Tuesday,…, 7=Sunday Hour of Day: 0=0am, 1=1am,…, 23=11pm Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “local_time.summer_time”...
  • Page 200 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default local_time.offset_time Integer from -300 to 300 Blank Description: Configures the offset time (in minutes) of DST. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “local_time.summer_time” is set to 1 (Enabled).
  • Page 201 DST settings for your area each year. Before customizing, you need to obtain the AutoDST file. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for DST template. You can also obtain the DST template online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage...
  • Page 202 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Element Type Values Description than one city, it is the best to keep their daylight saving time the same) DST time type (This item is needed if iType optional 0: DST by Date...
  • Page 203 Configuring Basic Features Example 1: To modify the DST settings for the existing time zone “+5 Pakistan(Islamabad)” and add DST settings for the existing time zone “+5:30 India(Calcutta)”. Example 2: Add a new time zone (+6 Paradise) with daylight saving time 30 minutes. Save this file and place it to the provisioning server (e.g., 192.168.1.100).
  • Page 204 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default auto_dst.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the AutoDST file (AutoDST.xml). Example: auto_dst.url = tftp://192.168.1.100/AutoDST.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.100”, and downloads the AutoDST file “AutoDST.xml”.

  • Page 205: Language

    IP phone. Language packs can only be loaded using configuration files. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for language packs. You can also obtain the language packs online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage...
  • Page 206 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Available Language Associated Language Pack Turkish 009.GUI.Turkish.lang Russian 010.GUI.Russian.lang When adding a new language pack for the phone user interface, the language pack must be formatted as “X.GUI.name.lang” (X starts from 011, “name” is replaced with the language name).
  • Page 207 Configuring Basic Features interface: Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Language. Procedure Loading language pack can only be performed using the configuration files. Specify the access URL of the phone user interface language pack. Parameter: gui_lang.url Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Delete custom LCD language packs of the phone user interface.
  • Page 208 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Y.GUI.nam http://localhost/ e.lang Description: Deletes the specified or all custom LCD language packs of the phone user interface. Example: Delete all custom language packs of the phone user interface: gui_lang.delete = http://localhost/all...
  • Page 209 Configuring Basic Features When adding a new language pack for the web user interface, the language pack must be formatted as “Y.name.js” (Y starts from 12, “name” is replaced with the language name). If the language name is the same as the existing one, the existing language file will be overridden by the new uploaded one.
  • Page 210 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following shows a portion of the note language pack “1.English_note.xml” for the web user interface (take SIP-T23G IP phones for example): Save the language file and place it to the provisioning server (e.g., 192.168.10.25).
  • Page 211 Configuring Basic Features Delete custom language packs and note language packs of the web user interface. Parameter: wui_lang.delete Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default wui_lang.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the custom language pack for the web user interface. Example: wui_lang.url = http://192.168.10.25/1.English.js During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the HTTP provisioning...
  • Page 212 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default If you want to download multiple language packs to the phone simultaneously, you can configure as following: wui_lang.url = http://192.168.10.25/1.English_note.xml wui_lang.url = http://192.168.10.25/11.Russian_note.xml Web User Interface: None...
  • Page 213 Configuring Basic Features phone user interface and the web user interface. Parameters: lang.gui lang.wui Specify the language for the web user interface. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet Local ?p=settings-preference&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-prefe rence&q=load Specify the language for the Phone User Interface phone user interface.
  • Page 214 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Language lang.wui Refer to the following content English Description: Configures the language used on the web user interface. Permitted Values: English, Chinese_S, Chinese_T, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish, Turkish, Russian or the custom language name.

  • Page 215: Input Method

    “language name_ime.txt” (e.g., German_ime.txt). Note Keypad input method customization is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for keypad input method file. You can also obtain the keypad input method file online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage...
  • Page 216 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following shows a portion of the keypad input method file “Russian_ime.txt”: To customize a keypad input method file: Open the desired keypad input method file (e.g., ime.txt) using an ASCII editor.
  • Page 217 Configuring Basic Features Don’t modify the item on the left of the equal sign. Save the keypad input method file and place it to the provisioning server (e.g., 192.168.10.25). Specify the access URL of the custom keypad input method file in the configuration files.
  • Page 218 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Delete custom keypad input method file of the phone user interface. Parameter: gui_input_method.delete Configure the phone to display the Hebrew input method. Parameter: features.input.hebrew_enable Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default gui_input_method.url...
  • Page 219 English and Russian onscreen keyboard by default. You can create a new language onscreen keyboard or customize the existing input method files of the onscreen keyboard. Yealink provides three types of input method files for onscreen keyboard customization. You can configure them as required.
  • Page 220 Onscreen keyboard input method customization is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for onscreen keyboard input method files. You can also obtain the onscreen keyboard input method files online: . For more...
  • Page 221 Configuring Basic Features information on obtaining the onscreen keyboard input method files, refer to Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page 52. When customizing a Lang file, learn the following: <KeyboardLang> indicates the start of a Lang file and </KeyboardLang> ...
  • Page 222 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones When customizing an Ime file, learn the following: <KeyboardIme> indicates the start of an Ime file and </KeyboardIme> indicates  the end of an Ime file. A Line element represents a line on the keyboard. The first Line element represents ...
  • Page 223 Configuring Basic Features Keyboard in numeric&symbolic input mode: The following table lists meaning of each variable in the Ime input method file: Element Attribute Description Configures the Layout file that the Layout keyboard will use. Configures the display name of the DisplayName input mode when the input mode changes to lowercase.
  • Page 224 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following table lists the usage of the function keys: Usage Function Key Backspace Delete the entered characters. Space Enter spaces. Enter Confirm the settings/Go to the next field. Left Position the cursor.
  • Page 225 Configuring Basic Features When customizing a Layout file, learn the following: <KeyboardLayout> indicates the start of a Layout file and </KeyboardLayout>  indicates the end of a Layout file. A Line element represents a line on the keyboard. The first Line element represents ...
  • Page 226 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Edit the corresponding string in the file. Save the file and place this file to the provisioning server. Specify the access URL of the custom Layout file in the configuration files.
  • Page 227 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the access URL of the custom onscreen keyboard input method file. Example: gui_onscreen_keyboard.url = http://192.168.1.25/keyboard_lang.xml gui_onscreen_keyboard.url = http://192.168.1.25/keyboard_ime_german.xml gui_onscreen_keyboard.url = http://192.168.1.25/keyboard_layout_german.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.25”, and downloads the custom files “keyboard_lang.xml”, “keyboard_ime_german.xml”...
  • Page 228 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default Abc, 2aB, 123, abc, ABC or directory.edit_default_input_method Hebrew Description: Configures the default input method when the user edits contacts in the Local Directory, LDAP , Remote Phone Book or Blacklist.
  • Page 229 The common picture format can be *.gif/*.jpg/*.png/*.bmp. Yealink IP phones only support the *.dob format logo files. Yealink provides PictureExDemo tool to convert *.gif/*.jpg/*.png/*.bmp format to *.dob format. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for the PictureExDemo tool.
  • Page 230 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click the Convert button. Then you can find the DOB logo files in the adv directory. Procedure The logo shown on the idle screen can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 231 Configuring Basic Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting.lcd_logo.mode 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the logo mode of the LCD screen. 0-Off 1-System logo 2-Custom logo If it is set to 0 (Off), the IP phone is not allowed to display a logo. If it is set to 1 (System logo), the LCD screen will display the system logo.
  • Page 232 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Deletes all custom logo files. Example: lcd_logo.delete = http://localhost/all Note: It is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 233 Configuring Basic Features You can configure the softkey layout using the softkey layout templates for different call states. For more information on how to configure a softkey layout template, refer to Customizing Softkey Layout Template File on page 212. Procedure Softkey layout can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 234 The call states include CallFailed, CallIn, Connecting, Dialing (not applicable to SIP VP-T49G and SIP-T48G), RingBack and Talking. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for softkey layout template. You can also obtain the softkey layout template online: .
  • Page 235 Configuring Basic Features The following table lists soft keys available for IP phones in different call states. Call State Default Soft Keys Optional Soft Keys SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T4 40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/ 1P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27 T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: NewCall CallFailed Empty Empty...
  • Page 236 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Call State Default Soft Keys Optional Soft Keys T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: Transfer Empty Empty Switch Empty For SIP VP-T49G IP End Call phones: For SIP VP-T49G IP phones:...
  • Page 237 Configuring Basic Features Call State Default Soft Keys Optional Soft Keys End Call phones: For SIP VP-T49G IP phones: Switch Transfer End Call Transfer SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T4 Hold 1P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27 Conference G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) End Call E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: Empty Mute SWAP NewCall Switch Answer Reject PriHold...
  • Page 238 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Call State Default Soft Keys Optional Soft Keys Resume SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T4 1P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27 NewCall G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) End Call E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: Empty Switch Answer Reject For SIP VP-T49G IP phones: Switch Answer Reject...
  • Page 239 Configuring Basic Features Call State Default Soft Keys Optional Soft Keys SIP VP-T49G and Delete Switch SIP-T48G IP End Call Send phones) SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T4 40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/ 1P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27 T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: Empty Empty Hold Switch Split Answer End Call...
  • Page 240 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones the end of the soft key list. The disabled soft keys are not displayed on the LCD screen. Create disabled soft keys between <Disable> and </Disable>.  <Enable> indicates the start of the enabled soft key list and </Enable> indicates ...
  • Page 241 Configuring Basic Features For each soft key that you want to disabled, just move the string in the enabled soft key list to disabled soft key list. Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server. Specify the access URL of the softkey layout template in the configuration files. Procedure Specify the access URL of the softkey layout template using configuration files.
  • Page 242 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the CallFailed state. Example: custom_softkey_call_failed.url = http:// 192.168.1.20/XMLfiles/CallFailed.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.20”, and downloads the CallFailed state file from the “XMLfiles”...
  • Page 243 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None custom_softkey_dialing.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the Dialing state. Example: custom_softkey_dialing.url = http://192.168.1.20/XMLfiles/Dialing.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning...
  • Page 244 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the Talking state. Example: custom_softkey_talking.url = http://192.168.1.20/XMLfiles/Talking.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.20”, and downloads the Talking state file from the “XMLfiles”...
  • Page 245 Configuring Basic Features Configure a send key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gen eral&q=load Web User Interface Configure a send tone or key tone. Local Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-audio&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-audi...
  • Page 246 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default If it is set to 0 (Disabled), neither “#” nor “*” can be used as the send key. If it is set to 1 (# key), the pound key is used as the send key.
  • Page 247 Configuring Basic Features To configure a send key via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Key As Send. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a send tone and key tone via web user interface: Click on Features->Audio.

  • Page 248: Dial Plan

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Key Tone field. Press the Save soft key to accept the change. Regular expression, often called a pattern, is an expression that specifies a set of strings.
  • Page 249 Configuring Basic Features The “$” followed by the sequence number of a parenthesis means the characters placed in the parenthesis. The sequence number stands for the corresponding parenthesis. Example: A replace rule configuration, Prefix: "001(xxx)45(xx)", Replace: "9001$145$2". When you dial out "0012354599" on your phone, the IP phone will replace the number with "90012354599".
  • Page 250 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan.replace.prefix.X String within 32 characters Blank (X ranges from 1 to 100) Description: Configures the entered number to be replaced. Example: dialplan.replace.prefix.1 = 1 Web User Interface: Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule->Prefix...
  • Page 251 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Example: dialplan.replace.line_id.1 = 1,2 Note: Multiple line IDs are separated by commas. It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule->Account Phone User Interface: None To create a replace rule via web user interface: Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
  • Page 252 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for replace rule template. You can also obtain the replace rule template online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage information on obtaining the replace rule template, refer to...
  • Page 253 Configuring Basic Features For example: <Data Prefix="2512" Replace="05922512" LineID="1" /> Where: Prefix="" specifies the numbers to be replaced. Replace="" specifies the alternate string instead of what the user enters. LineID="" specifies the desired line(s) for this rule. When you leave it blank or enter 0, this replace rule will apply to all lines.
  • Page 254 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None Dial-now is a string used to match numbers entered by the user. When entered numbers match the predefined dial-now rule, the IP phone will automatically dial out the numbers without pressing the send key.
  • Page 255 Configuring Basic Features Create the dial-now rule for the IP phone. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=settings-dialnow&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-dialp lan&q=load&dial_page=dial-no Local Web User Interface Configure the delay time for the dial-now rule. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet...
  • Page 256 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan.dialnow.rule.1 = 123 Web User Interface: Settings->Dial Plan->Dial-now->Rule Phone User Interface: None dialplan.dialnow.line_id.X Blank (for Refer to the following content all lines) (X ranges from 1 to 100) Description: Configures the desired line to apply the dial-now rule.
  • Page 257 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default None To create a dial-now rule via web user interface: Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Dial-now. Enter the desired value in the Rule field. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank. If you leave this field blank or enter 0, the dial-now rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone.
  • Page 258 The dial-now template helps with the creation of multiple dial-now rules. After setup, place the dial-now template to the provisioning server and specify the access URL in the configuration files. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for dial-now template. You can also obtain the dial-now template online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage...
  • Page 259 Configuring Basic Features Phone Model Values Description 0 stands for all lines SIP-T42G 0~12 1~12 stand for line1~line12 0 stands for all lines SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G 1~6 stand for line1~line6 0 stands for all lines SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G 1~3 stand for line1~line3 0 stands for all lines SIP-T21(P) E2 1~2 stand for line1~line2 At most 100 rules can be added to the IP phone.
  • Page 260 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan_dialnow.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the dial-now rule template file. Example: dialplan_dialnow.url = http://192.168.10.25/dialnow.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.10.25”, and downloads the dial-now rule file “dialnow.xml”.
  • Page 261 Configuring Basic Features Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=settings-areacode&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-dialp lan&q=load&dial_page=area-c Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan.area_code.code String within 16 characters Blank Description: Configures the area code to be added before the entered numbers when dialing out.
  • Page 262 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan.area_code.max_len Integer from 1 to 15 Description: Configures the maximum length of the entered numbers. Note: The value must be larger than the minimum length. Web User Interface: Settings->Dial Plan->Area Code->Max Length (1-15)
  • Page 263 Configuring Basic Features If you leave this field blank or enter 0, the area code rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone. Click Confirm to accept the change. Block out rule prevents users from dialing out specific numbers. When entered numbers match the predefined block out rule, the LCD screen prompts “Forbidden Number”.
  • Page 264 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan.block_out.number.X String within 32 characters Blank (X ranges from 1 to 10) Description: Configures the block out numbers. Example: dialplan.block_out.number.1 = 4321 When you dial the number “4321” on your phone, the dialing will fail and the LCD screen will prompt "Forbidden Number".

  • Page 265: Hotline

    Configuring Basic Features Enter the desired value in the BlockOut NumberX field. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank. If you leave this field blank or enter 0, the block out rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone.
  • Page 266 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones automatically dial out the hotline number. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gen eral&q=load Configure the hotline number. Specify the time (in seconds) the Phone User Interface...
  • Page 267 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the waiting time (in seconds) for the IP phone to automatically dial out the hotline number. If it is set to 0 (0s), the IP phone will immediately dial out the preconfigured hotline number when you lift the handset, press the Speakerphone/off-hook key or press the line key.
  • Page 268 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure hotline via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->Hot Line. Enter the hotline number in the Hot Number field. Enter the waiting time (in seconds) in the Hotline Delay field. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
  • Page 269 Configuring Basic Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameter Permitted Values Default account.X.auto_dial_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to first dial out a pre-configured number when a user lifts the handset, presses the Speakerphone/off-hook key or desired line key or dials out a call using account X.

  • Page 270: Directory

    History, Remote Phone Book and LDAP . The desired lists can be added to Directory using a directory file (favorite_setting.xml). Directory file is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for directory template. You can also obtain the directory template online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage...
  • Page 271 Configuring Basic Features Element Attribute Values Description Remote Phone Book you do not edit this LDAP field. Network Directories 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. 1 is the highest The display priority of priority priority, 6 is the the directory list. lowest.
  • Page 272 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default directory_setting.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the directory template file. Example: directory_setting.url = http://192.168.1.20/favorite_setting.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.20”, and downloads the directory file “favorite_setting.xml”.
  • Page 273 Local Directory, History, Remote Phone Book and LDAP . The search source list can be configured using a supplied super search template file (super_search.xml). You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for super search template. You can also obtain the super search template online: .
  • Page 274 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones quotes in the following strings: <item id_name="local_directory_search" display_name="Local Contacts" priority="1" enable="1"/> Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server (e.g., 192.168.1.20). Specify the access URL of the custom super search template file in the configuration files (e.g., super_search.url = http://192.168.1.20/super_search.xml).
  • Page 275 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Example: super_search.url = http://192.168.1.20/super_search.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.20”, and downloads the super search template file “super_search.xml”. Web User Interface: Directory->Setting->Search Source List In Dialing Phone User Interface: None To configure search source list in dialing via web user interface:...
  • Page 276 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Call log contains call information such as remote party identification, time and date, and call duration. It can be used to redial previous outgoing calls, return incoming calls, and save contact information from call log lists to the contact directory.
  • Page 277 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to save the call log. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), the IP phone cannot log the missed calls, placed calls, received calls and the forwarded calls in the call log lists. Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Save Call Log Phone User Interface:...

  • Page 278: Save Call Log

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Call list show number allows the IP phone to show the phone number instead of the name in the call log list. To use this feature, make sure the save call log feature is enabled.
  • Page 279 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Call List Show Number Phone User Interface: None To configure call list show number via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Call List Show Number. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 280 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure missed call log feature. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=account-basic&q=load&acc For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=account-basic &q=load&acc=0 Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default account.X.missed_calllog...
  • Page 281 Contacts and groups can be added either one by one or in batch using a local contact file. Yealink IP phones support both *.xml and *.csv format contact files, but only support *.xml format download for local contact file.
  • Page 282 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for local contact template. You can also obtain the local contact template online: . For more http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage information on obtaining the local contact file, refer to...
  • Page 283 Configuring Basic Features Element Values Description Resource:RingN.wav (integer N ranges from 1 to 8) Custom ring tone: Custom:Name.wav Valid Value: built-in: group_id_name All Contacts, Blacklist Group name of a contact. custom: XXX (e.g., Friend) Format of the value: Contact avatar. Resource: avatar name (the Note: It is only applicable to default_photo...
  • Page 284 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Phone Model Format Resolution SIP-T48G .jpg/.png/.bmp <=41*41 The following shows the procedure of customizing a local contact file for SIP-T42G/T41P/T40P/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860 IP phones: To customize a local contact file: Open the template file using an ASCII editor.
  • Page 285 Configuring Basic Features The following shows the procedure of customizing a local contact file for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones: This scenario is applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. To customize a local contact file: Open the template file using an ASCII editor. For each group that you want to add, add the following string to the file.
  • Page 286 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones This scenario is applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G IP phones. To specify custom avatars for contacts, you need to upload the custom avatars to the provisioning server in advance. In addition, you can also compress all the avatars as a tar formatted file, and then upload the tar formatted file to the provisioning server.
  • Page 287 Configuring Basic Features Select tar from the pull-down list of Archive format. Click the OK button. A photo.tar file is generated in the directory C:\Program Files\photo. Place this file to the provisioning server (e.g., 192.168.10.25). To customize a local contact file: Open the template file using an ASCII editor.
  • Page 288 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones other_number="1112" line="1,2" ring="Resource:Ring1.wav" group_id_name="Friend" default_photo="Config:cutom1.jpg"/> <contact display_name="Tom" office_number="2020" mobile_number="2021" other_number="2112" line="2" ring="Resource:Ring1.wav" group_id_name="Friend" default_photo="Config:cutom2.png"/> Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server. Specify the access URL of the custom local contact template in the configuration files.
  • Page 289 Configuring Basic Features This scenario is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G and SIP-T48G IP phones. Scenario Conditions I (only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones): Provisioning server URL: tftp://192.168.10.25.  The custom avatars and icons: “cutom1.jpg” and “cutom2.png”. They are all ...
  • Page 290 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones <contact display_name="Tom" office_number="2020" mobile_number="2021" other_number="2112" line="2" ring="Resource:Ring1.wav" group_id_name="Friend" default_photo="Config:cutom2.png"/> Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server. Specify the access URL of the custom local contact template file in the configuration files.
  • Page 291 Configuring Basic Features The following shows the custom avatars downloaded from the provisioning server: The following shows the custom icons downloaded from the provisioning server: Procedure Local directory be configured using the configuration files or locally. Specify the access URL of the local contact file (*.xml).
  • Page 292 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Specify the access URL of a contact icon file. Parameter: local_contact.icon_image.url Specify the access URL of a TAR contact avatar file. Parameter: local_contact.image.url Specify the access URL of the compressed TAR file consisting of the avatars TAR file and contact XML file.
  • Page 293 Configuring Basic Features Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default local_contact.data.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the local contact file (*.xml). Example: local_contact.data.url = http://192.168.10.25/contact.xml Web User Interface: Directory->Local Directory->Import Local Directory File Phone User Interface: None local_contact.photo.url...
  • Page 294 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None local_contact.image.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of a TAR contact avatar file. The format of the contact avatar must be *.png, *.jpg, *.bmp.
  • Page 295 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default local_contact.icon.url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of a TAR contact icon file. The format of the contact icon must be *.png, *.jpg, *.bmp. The contact icon file should be compressed as a TAR file in advance and then place it to the provisioning server.
  • Page 296 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones In the Directory block, enter the name and the office, mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields. Select the desired ring tone from the pull-down list of Ring Tone. Select the desired group from the pull-down list of Group.

  • Page 297: Local Directory

    Configuring Basic Features Click Browse to locate a contact list file (the file format must be *.xml) from your local system. Click Import XML to import the contact list. The web user interface prompts "The original contact will be covered, Continue?". Click OK to complete importing the contact list.
  • Page 298 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones At least one item should be selected to be imported into the local directory. Click Import to complete importing the contact list. To export a contact list via web user interface: Click on Directory->Local Directory.
  • Page 299 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Live dialpad can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure live dialpad. Parameters: Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg phone_setting.predial_autodial phone_setting.inter_digit_time Configure live dialpad. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=settings-preference&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-prefe rence&q=load...
  • Page 300 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the delay time (in seconds) for the IP phone to automatically dial out the entered digits without pressing a send key. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “phone_setting.predial_autodial” is set to 1 (Enabled).

  • Page 301: Call Waiting

    Configuring Basic Features Procedure Call waiting and call waiting tone can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure call waiting and call waiting tone. Parameters: call_waiting.enable Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg call_waiting.tone call_waiting.on_code call_waiting.off_code Configure call waiting. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet...
  • Page 302 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default call_waiting.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables call waiting feature. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), a new incoming call is automatically rejected by the IP phone with a busy message while during a call.
  • Page 303 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the call waiting on code to activate the server-side call waiting feature. The IP phone will send the call waiting on code to the server when you activate call waiting feature on the IP phone. Example: call_waiting.on_code = *71 Web User Interface:...
  • Page 304 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure call waiting tone via web user interface: Click on Features->Audio. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Call Waiting Tone. Click Confirm to accept the change.

  • Page 305: Redial Tone

    Configuring Basic Features SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-audio&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-audi o&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.redial_tone Integer within 6 digits Blank Description: Configures the IP phone to continue to play the dial tone after inputting the preset numbers on the pre-dialing screen.
  • Page 306 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the desired value in the Redial Tone field. Click Confirm to accept the change. The IP phones support either or both speaker and headset ringer devices. Ringer Device for Headset feature allows users to configure which ringer device to be used when receiving an incoming call.

  • Page 307: Ringer Device For Headset

    Configuring Basic Features 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-audio&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-audi o&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.ringer_device.is_use_headset 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the ringer device for the IP phone. 0-Use Speaker 1-Use Headset 2-Use Headset &...
  • Page 308 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Ringer Device for Headset. Click Confirm to accept the change. Auto redial allows IP phones to redial a busy number after the first attempt. Both the number of attempts and waiting time between redials are configurable.

  • Page 309: Auto Redial

    Configuring Basic Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default auto_redial.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically redial the dialed number when the callee is temporarily unavailable. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 1 (Enabled), the IP phone will dial the previous dialed out number automatically when the dialed number is temporarily unavailable.
  • Page 310 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure auto redial via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Auto Redial. Enter the waiting time in the Auto Redial Interval (1~300s) field.
  • Page 311 Configuring Basic Features Auto Answer Mute Auto answer mute allows IP phones to mute the local microphone when an incoming call is automatically answered. It is only applicable to CP860 IP phones. Note Auto answer is not applicable to automatically answer an IP address call. Automatically answering an IP address call works only if IP direct auto answer feature is enabled.
  • Page 312 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Specify a period of delay time for auto answer. Configure auto answer tone. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>servlet?p =features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=features-general& q=load Configure auto answer mute.
  • Page 313 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: The IP phone cannot automatically answer the incoming call during a call even if auto answer is enabled. Web User Interface: Account->Basic->Auto Answer Phone User Interface: For SIP-T42G/T41P/T40P/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2: Menu->Features->Auto Answer->Status For SIP-T46G/T29G: Menu->Features->Auto Answer->Line X->Auto Answer For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G:...
  • Page 314 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Auto-Answer Delay(1~4s) Phone User Interface: None features.auto_answer_tone.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the phone to play a warning tone when an incoming call is automatically answered.
  • Page 315 Configuring Basic Features To configure auto answer and auto answer mute via web user interface (take CP860 IP phones for example): Click on Account->Basic. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Auto Answer. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Auto Answer Mute. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 316 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure auto answer tone via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value in the pull-down list of Enable auto answer tone. Click Confirm to accept the change.

  • Page 317: Ip Direct Auto Answer

    Configuring Basic Features To configure auto answer and auto answer mute via phone user interface (take CP860 IP phones for example): Press Menu->Features->Auto Answer. Press the soft key to select Enabled from the Auto Answer field. Press the soft key to select Enabled from the Auto Answer Mute field. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
  • Page 318 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Enables or disables the auto answer feature for IP call. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 1 (Enabled), the IP phone can automatically answer IP call.
  • Page 319 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Allow IP call can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure allow IP call. Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameter: features.direct_ip_call_enable Configure allow IP call. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet...
  • Page 320 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Allow IP Call. Click Confirm to accept the change. Accept SIP trust server only enables the IP phones to only accept the SIP message from your SIP server and outbound proxy server.
  • Page 321 Configuring Basic Features ?m=mod_data&p=features-gene ral&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default sip.trust_ctrl 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to only accept the SIP message from the SIP and outbound proxy server. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Accept SIP Trust Server Only Phone User Interface: None...
  • Page 322 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones busy party becomes available to receive a call. Two factors commonly prevent a call from connecting successfully: Callee does not answer  Callee actively rejects the incoming call before answering ...
  • Page 323 NOTIFY sip:10111@10.10.20.32:5060 SIP/2.0 Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 10.10.20.31:5060;branch=z9hG4bK3431394016 From: <sip:1000@10.2.1.48:5060>;tag=1558968605 To: "10111" <sip:10111@10.2.1.48:5060>;tag=140677866 Call-ID: 0_2584152566@10.10.20.32 CSeq: 5 NOTIFY Contact: <sip:1000@10.10.20.31:5060> Content-Type: application/dialog-info+xml Max-Forwards: 70 User-Agent: Yealink SIP-T23G 44.80.0.60 Subscription-State: active;expires=48 Event: dialog Content-Length: <?xml version="1.0"?> <dialog-info xmlns="urn:ietf:params:xml:ns:dialog-info" version="4" state="partial" entity="sip:1000@10.2.1.48:5060"> <dialog id="65644"> <state>terminated</state>...
  • Page 324 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Call completion can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure call completion. Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameter: features.call_completion_enable Configure call completion. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet...
  • Page 325 Configuring Basic Features To configure call completion via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Call Completion. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure call completion via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->Call Completion.
  • Page 326 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones PUBLISH, UPDATE, MESSAGE Max-Forwards: 70 User-Agent: Yealink SIP-T23G 44.80.0.60 Allow-Events: talk,hold,conference,refer,check-sync P-Preferred-Identity: <sip:1009@10.2.1.48> Privacy: id Content-Length: 302 The anonymous call on code and anonymous call off code configured on IP phones are used to activate/deactivate the server-side anonymous call feature.
  • Page 327 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Triggers the anonymous call feature to on or off for account X. 0-Off 1-On If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will block its identity from showing up to the callee when placing a call.
  • Page 328 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Account->Basic->Send Anonymous Code Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->Anonymous Call->Send Anony Code account.X.anonymous_call_oncode String within 32 characters Blank Description: Configures the anonymous call on code to activate the server-side anonymous call feature for account X.
  • Page 329 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “account.X.send_anonymous_code” is set to 0 (Off Code). Web User Interface: Account->Basic->Send Anonymous Code->Off Code Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->Anonymous Call->Off Code To configure anonymous call via web user interface: Click on Account->Basic.
  • Page 330 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones (Optional.) Enter the anonymous call off code in the Off Code field. Press the Save soft key to accept the change. Anonymous call rejection allows IP phones to automatically reject incoming calls from callers whose identity has been deliberately concealed.
  • Page 331 Configuring Basic Features E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=a ccount-basic&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m= mod_data&p=account-basic&q=load &acc=0 Phone User Interface Configure anonymous call rejection. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.reject_anonymous_call 0 or 1 Description: Triggers the anonymous call rejection feature to on or off for account X. 0-Off 1-On If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will automatically reject incoming calls from users...
  • Page 332 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default server when you deactivate the anonymous call rejection feature. If it is set to 1 (On Code), the IP phone will send anonymous rejection on code to the server when you activate the anonymous call rejection feature.
  • Page 333 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the anonymous call rejection off code to deactivate the server-side anonymous call rejection feature for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2)
  • Page 334 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones (Optional.) Enter the Send Anonymous Rejection off code in the Off Code field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure anonymous call rejection via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->Anonymous Call.
  • Page 335 Configuring Basic Features The DND on code and DND off code configured on IP phones are used to activate/deactivate the server-side DND feature. They may vary on different servers. Return Message When DND This feature defines the return code and the reason of the SIP response message for the rejected incoming call when DND is enabled on the IP phone.
  • Page 336 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when DND is enabled. Parameter: features.dnd_refuse_code Assign a DND key. Parameters: linekey.X.type/ programablekey.X.type/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.type linekey.X.label/ programablekey.X.label/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.label Configure DND.
  • Page 337 Configuring Basic Features Specify the authorized numbers when DND is enabled. Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when DND is enabled. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=features-genera l&q=load Assign a DND key.
  • Page 338 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones If it is set to 0 (Phone), DND feature is effective for the IP phone. If it is set to 1 (Custom), you can configure DND feature for each account. Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 339 If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will reject incoming calls on all accounts. Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.dnd_model” is set to 0 (Phone).
  • Page 340 DND on code to the server when you activate DND feature on the IP phone. Example: features.dnd.on_code = *71 Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.dnd_mode” is set to 0 (Phone). Web User Interface: Features->Forward&DND->DND->DND On Code Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DND->On Code...
  • Page 341 Configuring Basic Features Web User Interface: Features->Forward&DND->DND->DND Emergency Phone User Interface: None String within 511 features.dnd.emergency_authorized_number Blank characters Description: Configures the authorized numbers the IP phone can receive incoming calls from even if DND feature is enabled. Multiple numbers are separated by commas. Example: features.dnd.emergency_authorized_number = 123,124 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “features.dnd.emergency_enable”...
  • Page 342 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones DSS Key on page 909. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameter Permitted Values Default linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following programablekey.X.type/ content expansion_module.X.key.Y.type Description: Configures a DSS key as a DND key on the IP phone.
  • Page 343 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default is 0. For SIP-T42G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-12 is 15, and the default value of the line key 13-15 is 0. For SIP-T41P IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is For SIP-T27P/G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-21 is For SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones:...
  • Page 344 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default For SIP-T42G/T41P/T40P IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND).
  • Page 345 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=10, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=14, the default value is 2 (Forward). For SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History).
  • Page 346 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: (Optional.) Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G)
  • Page 347 Configuring Basic Features If you mark the Phone radio box: Mark the desired radio box in the DND Status field. (Optional.) Enter the DND on code in the DND On Code field. (Optional.) Enter the DND off code in the DND Off Code field. If you mark the Custom radio box: Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
  • Page 348 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones (Optional.) Enter the DND off code in the DND Off Code field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To specify the authorized numbers when DND is enabled via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information.
  • Page 349 Configuring Basic Features Multiple numbers are separated by commas. Click Confirm to accept the change. To specify the return code and the reason when DND is enabled via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Return Code When DND.
  • Page 350 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a DND key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys. Select the desired DSS key. Press , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
  • Page 351 Configuring Basic Features ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gene ral&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default features.busy_tone_delay 0, 3 or 5 Description: Configures the duration time (in seconds) for the busy tone. When one party releases the call, a busy tone is audible to the other party indicating that the call connection breaks.
  • Page 352 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 3． Click Confirm to accept the change. Return code when refuse defines the return code and reason of the SIP response message for the refused call. The caller’s phone LCD screen displays the reason according to the received return code.
  • Page 353 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Configures a return code and reason of SIP response messages when the IP phone rejects an incoming call. A specific reason is displayed on the caller’s phone LCD screen. 404-Not Found 480-Temporarily Unavailable 486-Busy Here 603-Decline If it is set to 486 (Busy Here), the caller’s phone LCD screen will display the message...
  • Page 354 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones call is actually established. Current implementation supports early media through the 183 message. When the caller receives a 183 message with SDP before the call is established, a media channel is established. This channel is used to provide the early media stream for the caller.
  • Page 355 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default 1-Enabled If it is set to 1 (Enabled), the IP phone will resume and play the local ringback tone upon a subsequent 180 message received. Web User Interface: Features->General Information->180 Ring Workaround Phone User Interface: None To configure 180 ring workaround via web user interface: 1.
  • Page 356 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Use outbound proxy in dialog can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Specify whether to use outbound proxy in a dialog. Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameter: sip.use_out_bound_in_dialog Specify whether to use outbound proxy in a dialog.
  • Page 357 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Features->General Information->Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog Phone User Interface: None To configure use outbound proxy in dialog via web user interface: 1. Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 358 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones will be re-transmitted between the IP phone and SIP server. The re-transmitting and doubling of Timer T1 (0.5) will continue until the retransmitting time reaches the Timer T2 (4). The total registration request retry time will be less than 64 times of T1 (64 * 0.5 = 32).
  • Page 359 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the SIP session timer T1 (in seconds). T1 is an estimate of the Round Trip Time (RTT) of transactions between a SIP client and SIP server. Web User Interface: Settings->SIP->SIP Session Timer T1 (0.5~10s) Phone User Interface: None sip.timer_t2...
  • Page 360 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The default value is 5. Click Confirm to accept the change. Session timer allows a periodic refresh of SIP sessions through an UPDATE request, to determine whether a SIP session is still active. Session timer is specified in 4028.
  • Page 361 Configuring Basic Features Content-Length: 0 Procedure Session timer can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure session timer. Parameters: Configuration File <MAC>.cfg account.X.session_timer.enable account.X.session_timer.expires account.X.session_timer.refresher Configure session timer. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G:...
  • Page 362 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Session Timer Phone User Interface: None Integer from 30 account.X.session_timer.expires 1800 to 7200 Description: Configures the interval (in seconds) for refreshing the SIP session during a call for account X.
  • Page 363 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “account.X.session_timer.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled).
  • Page 364 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones stop sending media and to inform them that they are being held. IP phones support two call hold methods, one is RFC 3264, which sets the “a” (media attribute) in the SDP to sendonly, recvonly or inactive (e.g., a=sendonly).
  • Page 365 Configuring Basic Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.play_hold_tone.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to play a warning tone when there is a call on hold. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Play Hold Tone Phone User Interface: None features.play_hold_tone.delay...
  • Page 366 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Features->General Information->RFC 2543 Hold Phone User Interface: None To configure call hold tone and call hold tone delay via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information.
  • Page 367 Configuring Basic Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of RFC 2543 Hold. Click Confirm to accept the change. Music on Hold (MoH) is the business practice of playing recorded music to fill the silence that would be heard by the party who has been placed on hold. To use this feature, specify a SIP URI pointing to a MoH server account.
  • Page 368 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones hold. Parameter: account.X.music_on_hold_type Configure music on hold on a per-line basis. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=account-adv&q=load&acc= For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=account-adv &q=load&acc=0 Details of Configuration Parameters:...
  • Page 369 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None account.X.music_on_hold_type 0 or 1 Description: Configures the way to process Music On Hold when placing an active call on hold for account X. 0-Calling the Music On Hold server before holding 1-Calling the Music On Hold server after holding X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G)
  • Page 370 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the SIP URI (e.g., sip:moh@sip.com) in the Music Server URI field. Click Confirm to accept the change. Call forward allows users to redirect an incoming call to a third party. IP phones redirect an incoming INVITE message by responding with a 302 Moved Temporarily message, which contains a Contact header with a new URI that should be tried.
  • Page 371 Configuring Basic Features servers. Diversion/History-Info IP phones support the redirected call information sent by the SIP server with Diversion header, per draft-levy-sip-diversion-08, or History-info header, per RFC 4244. The Diversion/History-info header is used to inform the IP phone of a call’s history. For example, when a phone has been set to enable call forward, the Diversion/History-info header allows the receiving phone to indicate who the call was from, and from which phone number it was forwarded.
  • Page 372 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Specify the authorized numbers when call forward is enabled. Parameters: features.forward.emergency.ena features.forward.emergency.aut horized_number Configure the call forward mode. Parameter: features.fwd_mode Configure call forward in phone mode. Parameters: forward.always.enable forward.always.target forward.always.on_code <y0000000000xx>.cfg forward.always.off_code...
  • Page 373 Configuring Basic Features Specify the authorized numbers when call forward is enabled. Configure call forward. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-forward&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-forw ard&q=load Web User Interface Configure diversion/history-info Local feature. Configure forward international. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860:...
  • Page 374 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 1-Custom If it is set to 0 (Phone), call forward feature is effective for the IP phone. If it is set to 1 (Custom), you can configure call forward feature for each account.
  • Page 375 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 1 (Custom). It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Example: account.1.always_fwd.target = 1003 Web User Interface:...
  • Page 376 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default phone. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G)
  • Page 377 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the destination number of the busy forward for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) Example:...
  • Page 378 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default String within 32 account.X.busy_fwd.off_code Blank characters Description: Configures the busy forward off code to deactivate the server-side busy forward feature for account X. The IP phone will send the busy forward off code to the server when you deactivate busy forward feature for account X on the IP phone.
  • Page 379 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Features->Forward&DND->Forward->No Answer Forward->On/Off Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->Call Forward->No Answer Forward->No Answer Forward String within 32 account.X.timeout_fwd.target Blank characters Description: Configures the destination number of the no answer forward for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G)
  • Page 380 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Time(0~120s) Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->Call Forward->No Answer Forward->After Ring Time String within 32 account.X.timeout_fwd.on_code Blank characters Description: Configures the no answer forward on code to activate the server-side no answer forward feature for account X.
  • Page 381 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Example: account.1.timeout_fwd.off_code = *77 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 1 (Custom). It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: Features->Forward&DND->Forward->No Answer Forward ->Off Code Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->Call Forward->No Answer Forward->Off Code...
  • Page 382 If it is set to 1 (On), incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number immediately. Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 0 (Phone).
  • Page 383 IP phone. Example: forward.always.off_code = *73 Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 0 (Phone). Web User Interface: Features->Forward&DND->Forward->Always Forward->Off Code...
  • Page 384 Configures the destination number of the busy forward for the IP phone. Example: forward.busy.target = 3602 Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 0 (Phone). Web User Interface: Features->Forward&DND->Forward->Busy Forward->Target...
  • Page 385 If it is set to 1 (On), incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number after a period of ring time. Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 0 (Phone).
  • Page 386 Configures ring times (N) to wait before forwarding incoming calls. Incoming calls will be forwarded when not answered after N*6 seconds. Note: For Yealink IP phones (except SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860), it works only if the value of the parameter “features.fwd_mode” is set to 0 (Phone).
  • Page 387 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Features->Forward&DND->Forward->No Answer Forward->Off Code Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->Call Forward->No Answer Forward->Off Code features.fwd_diversion_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to present the diversion information when an incoming call is forwarded to your IP phone.
  • Page 388 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Multiple numbers are separated by commas. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure call forward via web user interface: Click on Features->Forward&DND. In the Forward block, mark the desired radio box in the Mode field.
  • Page 389 Configuring Basic Features After Ring Time(0~120s) (only for the no answer forward). Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure Diversion/History-Info feature via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Diversion/History-Info. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 390 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Fwd International. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure call forward in phone mode via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->Call Forward.
  • Page 391 Configuring Basic Features (Optional.) Enter the no answer forward on code and off code respectively in the On Code and Off Code field. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the After Ring Time field. The default ring time is 12 seconds.
  • Page 392 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones If you select No Answer Forward, you can configure it for a specific account. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the No Answer Forward field.
  • Page 393 Configuring Basic Features through on-hook. When a user performs a semi-attended transfer, semi-attended transfer feature determines whether to display the prompt "n New Missed Call(s)" ("n" indicates the number of the missed calls) on the destination party’s phone LCD screen. Procedure Call transfer can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 394 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default besides pressing the Tran/Transfer soft key or TRAN/TRANSFER key. (Blind transfer means transfer a call directly to another party without consulting). 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Features->Transfer->Blind Transfer On Hook...
  • Page 395 Configuring Basic Features Select the desired values from the pull-down lists of Semi-Attended Transfer, Blind Transfer on Hook and Attended Transfer on Hook. Click Confirm to accept the change. Network conference, also known as centralized conference, provides users with flexibility of call with multiple participants (more than three). IP phones implement network conference using the REFER method specified in RFC 4579.
  • Page 396 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.conf_type 0 or 2 Description: Configures the network conference type for account X. 0-Local Conference 2-Network Conference If it is set to 0 (Local Conference), conferences are set up on the IP phone locally.
  • Page 397 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Account->Advanced->Conference URI Phone User Interface: None To configure the network conference via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. Select Network Conference from the pull-down list of Conference Type. Enter the conference URI in the Conference URI field.
  • Page 398 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Conversely, if the user changes the feature status on the phone, the IP phone notifies the server of synchronizing the status. Procedure Feature key synchronization can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 399 Configuring Basic Features Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Feature Key Synchronization. Click Confirm to accept the change. For a conference call, all parties drop the call when the conference initiator drops the conference call. For local conference, transfer on conference hang up allows the other two parties to remain connected when the conference initiator drops the conference call.
  • Page 400 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones ?p=features-transfer&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-trans fer&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameters Permitted Values Default transfer.tran_others_after_conf_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to transfer the local conference call to the other two parties after the conference initiator drops the local conference call.
  • Page 401 Configuring Basic Features Transfer mode via dsskey enables IP phones to handle the current call differently via the DSS key. IP phones support three transfer modes: New Call, Blind Transfer and Attended Transfer. For more information on Blind Transfer and Attended Transfer, refer to Call Transfer on page 365.
  • Page 402 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameters Permitted Values Default transfer.dsskey_deal_type 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the transfer mode when user presses the DSS key during an active call. To use this feature, you need to configure the DSS key as a speed dial, transfer or BLF/BLF List in advance.
  • Page 403 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Allow trans exist call can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure allow trans exist call. Parameters: Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg transfer.multi_call_trans_enable Configure allow trans exist call. Navigate to: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p= features-general&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values...
  • Page 404 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Allow Trans Exist Call. Click Confirm to accept the change. Directed call pickup is used for picking up an incoming call on a specific extension. A user can pick up the incoming call using a directed pickup key or the DPickup soft key.
  • Page 405 Configuring Basic Features Configure directed call pickup features on a phone basis. Parameters: features.pickup.direct_pickup_en able features.pickup.direct_pickup_co Assign a directed call pickup key. Parameters: linekey.X.type/ programablekey.X.type/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.type linekey.X.line/ programablekey.X.line/ <y0000000000xx>.cfg expansion_module.X.key.Y.line linekey.X.value/ programablekey.X.value/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.value linekey.X.label/ programablekey.X.label/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.label Assign a directed call pickup key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P)
  • Page 406 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=account-adv&q=load&acc= For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=account-adv &q=load&acc=0 Configure directed call pickup feature on a phone basis. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-callpickup&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-callp ickup&q=load Phone User Interface Assign a directed call pickup key.
  • Page 407 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Directed Call Pickup Code Phone User Interface: None features.pickup.direct_pickup_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to display the DPickup soft key when the IP phone is on the pre-dialing screen.
  • Page 408 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following programablekey.X.type/ content expansion_module.X.key.Y.type Description: Configures a DSS key as a directed call pickup key on the IP phone.
  • Page 409 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default For SIP-T42G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-12 is 15, and the default value of the line key 13-15 is 0. For SIP-T41P IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is For SIP-T27P/G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-21 is For SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones:...
  • Page 410 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND). When X=4, the default value is 30 (Menu).
  • Page 411 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=10, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=14, the default value is 2 (Forward). For SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory).
  • Page 412 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the desired line to apply the directed call pickup key. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G)
  • Page 413 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default expansion_module.X.key.Y.value Description: Configures the directed call pickup feature code followed by the monitored extension. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP-T42G/T41P) X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G)
  • Page 414 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP-T42G/T41P) X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G)
  • Page 415 Configuring Basic Features Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure directed call pickup feature on a phone basis via web user interface: Click on Features->Call Pickup. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Directed Call Pickup.
  • Page 416 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID field. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
  • Page 417 Configuring Basic Features Assign a group call pickup key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T2 7P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=d sskey&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m= mod_data&p=dsskey&q=load Configure the group call pickup code on a per-line basis. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T2 7P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=a Local ccount-adv&q=load&acc=0...
  • Page 418 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 features.pickup.group_pickup_enable Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to display the GPickup soft key when the IP phone is on the pre-dialing screen.
  • Page 419 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default features.pickup.group_pickup_code = *98 Note: The group call pickup code configured on a per-line basis takes precedence over that configured on a phone basis. Web User Interface: Features->Call Pickup->Group Call Pickup Code Phone User Interface: None Group Call Pickup Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to...
  • Page 420 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X=1-6, 9, 13 (for CP860) For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured).
  • Page 421 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND). When X=4, the default value is 30 (Menu). When X=5, the default value is 28 (History). When X=6, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=7, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA).
  • Page 422 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=12, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=13, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=14, the default value is 2 (Forward). For SIP-T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History).
  • Page 423 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=13, the default value is 0 (NA). For ext keys: When Y=1, the default value is 37 (Switch). When Y= 2 to 20, 22 to 40, the default value is 0 (NA). Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key/Programable Key->Type Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 424 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 1-Line 1 2-Line 2 … 16-Line 16 Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Example: linekey.1.line = 1 Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key/ Programable Key->Line Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Account ID...
  • Page 425 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey.2.value = *98 Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key/ Programable Key->Value Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Value linekey.X.label/ programablekey.X.label/ String within 99 Blank expansion_module.X.key.Y.label characters Description: (Optional.) Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G)
  • Page 426 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired line from the pull-down list of Line. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the group call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced.
  • Page 427 Configuring Basic Features Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a group pickup key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys. Select the desired DSS key. Press , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
  • Page 428 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Example of the dialog-info carried in NOTIFY message: <?xml version="1.0"?> <dialog-info xmlns="urn:ietf:params:xml:ns:dialog-info" version="6" state="partial" entity="sip:1011@10.2.1.48:5060"> <dialog id="65603" call-id="0_1756536024@10.10.20.34" local-tag="3408640225" remote-tag="3779921438" direction="recipient"> <state>early</state> <local> <identity>sip:1011@10.2.1.48:5060</identity> <target uri="sip:1011@10.2.1.48:5060"/> </local> <remote> <identity>sip:1058@10.2.1.48:5060</identity> <target uri="sip:1058@10.2.1.48:5060"/>...
  • Page 429 Configuring Basic Features SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/ T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p= account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=account-adv&q=loa d&acc=0 Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 account.X.dialoginfo_callpickup Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to pick up a call according to the SIP header of dialog-info for account X.
  • Page 430 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Dialog Info Call Pickup. Click Confirm to accept the change. Recent call in dialing feature allows users to view the placed calls list when the phone is on the pre-dialing screen.
  • Page 431 Configuring Basic Features mod_data&p=contacts-favorite&q=lo Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default Refer to 0 or 1 super_search.recent_call following content Description: Enables or disables recent call in dialing feature. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 1 (Enabled), you can see the placed calls list when the IP phone is on the pre-dialing screen.
  • Page 432 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Recent Call In Dialing. Click Confirm to accept the change. ReCall, also known as last call return, allows users to place a call back to the last caller.
  • Page 433 Configuring Basic Features http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=dsskey&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=dsskey&q=lo Phone User Interface Assign a recall key. ReCall Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to Appendix D: Configuring DSS Key on page 909. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameter Permitted Values Default...
  • Page 434 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default configured). Example: linekey.1.type = 7 Default: For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-29 is 0.
  • Page 435 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default When X=6, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=7, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=10, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=12, the default value is 0 (NA).
  • Page 436 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default For SIP-T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND).
  • Page 437 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default When Y= 2 to 20, 22 to 40, the default value is 0 (NA). Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key/ Programable Key->Type Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Type linekey.X.label/ String within 99 programablekey.X.label/ Blank characters expansion_module.X.key.Y.label...
  • Page 438 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a recall key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
  • Page 439 Configuring Basic Features http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=features-general&q =load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default String within 99 characters features.call_num_filter Description: Configures the characters the IP phone filters when dialing. If the dialed number contains configured characters, the IP phone will automatically filter these characters when dialing.
  • Page 440 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the desired characters in the Call Number Filter field. Click Confirm to accept the change. Call park allows users to park a call on a special extension and then retrieve it on any other phone in the system.
  • Page 441 Configuring Basic Features Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=dsskey&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=dsskey&q=loa Phone User Interface Assign a call park key. Call Park Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to Appendix D: Configuring DSS Key on page 909.
  • Page 442 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-29 is 0. For SIP-T46G/T29G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-27 is 0.
  • Page 443 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured). Permitted Values: 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G)
  • Page 444 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Example: linekey.1.value = *88 Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line key->Value Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Value linekey.X.label/...
  • Page 445 Configuring Basic Features Select the desired line from the pull-down list of Line. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a call park key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys. Select the desired DSS key. Press , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field. Press , or the Switch soft key to select Call Park from the Key Type field.
  • Page 446 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones presents the caller identification from the P-Preferred-Identity header. If there is not P-Preferred-Identity header in the INVITE request, the IP phone presents the caller identification derived from the FROM header. The IP phone checks Privacy: id header preferentially, if there is a Privacy: id in the INVITE request, the caller identification information will be hidden and the IP phone LCD screen presents anonymous.
  • Page 447 If there is not P-Asserted-Identity in the INVITE request, the IP phone presents the caller identification derived from the FROM header. Calling and For more information on calling line identification presentation, refer to Connected Line Identification Presentation on Yealink IP Phones. Procedure CLIP can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 448 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Specify whether to process the P-Preferred-Identity (PPI) header for caller identity presentation. Parameter: account.X.cid_source_ppi Configure the presentation of the caller identity. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl...
  • Page 449 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Caller ID Source Phone User Interface: None account.X.cid_source_privacy 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to process Privacy header field in the SIP message for account X.
  • Page 450 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None To configure the presentation of the caller identity via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced.
  • Page 451 Remote-Party-ID header. If no, the IP phone presents the connected line identification according to the dialed digits. Yealink IP phones present the connected line identification according to the dialed digits. RFC4916 Yealink IP phones support to present the connected line identification from UPDATE message following the RFC 4916.
  • Page 452 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default account.X.cp_source 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the presentation of the callee’s identity for account X. 0-PAI-RPID 1-Dialed Digits 2-RFC 4916 When the RFC 4916 is enabled on the IP phone, the caller sends the SIP request message which contains the from-change tag in the Supported header.
  • Page 453 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-frequency), better known as touch-tone, is used for telecommunication signaling over analog telephone lines in the voice-frequency band. DTMF is the signal sent from the IP phone to the network, which is generated when pressing the IP phone’s keypad during a call.
  • Page 454 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones voice path. These packets use RFC 2833 format and must have a payload type that matches what the other end is listening for. The payload type for RTP Event packets is configurable.
  • Page 455 Configuring Basic Features Configure the frequency level of DTMF digits. Parameter: features.dtmf.volume Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digits and the payload type. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?p=account-adv&q=load&ac For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=account-a dv&q=load&acc=0 Local Web User Interface Configure the number of times for the IP phone to send the end RTP Event packet.
  • Page 456 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the DTMF type for account X. 0-INBAND 1-RFC 2833 2-SIP INFO 3-RFC2833 + SIP INFO If it is set to 0 (INBAND), DTMF digits are transmitted in the voice band.
  • Page 457 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Account->Advanced->DTMF Payload Type(96~127) Phone User Interface: None account.X.dtmf.info_type 1, 2 or 3 Description: Configures the DTMF info type. 1-DTMF-Relay 2-DTMF 3-Telephone-Event X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2)
  • Page 458 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the duration time (in milliseconds) for DTMF . Note: If the time interval to between two DTMF digits is less than this value, two or more same DTMF digits could be identified as one DTMF digit. This may cause the loss of one or more DTMF digits.
  • Page 459 Configuring Basic Features To configure the number of times to send the end RTP Event packet via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value (1-3) from the pull-down list of DTMF Repetition. Click Confirm to accept the change. Suppress DTMF display allows IP phones to suppress the display of DTMF digits during an active call.
  • Page 460 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=features-general &q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.dtmf.hide 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to suppress the display of DTMF digits during an active call.
  • Page 461 Configuring Basic Features To configure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Suppress DTMF Display. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Suppress DTMF Display Delay. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 462 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?p=features-general&q=loa For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=features-g eneral&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.dtmf.replace_tran 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to send DTMF sequences for transfer function when pressing the Tran/Transfer soft key or TRAN/TRANSFER key.
  • Page 463 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None To configure transfer via DTMF via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of DTMF Replace Tran. Enter the specified DTMF digits in the Tran Send DTMF field. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 464 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gen eral&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.play_local_dtmf_tone_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to play a local DTMF tone.
  • Page 465 Configuring Basic Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Play Local DTMF Tone. Click Confirm to accept the change. You can mute the microphone of the active audio device during an active call, and then the other party cannot hear you. If allow mute feature is disabled, you cannot mute an active call.
  • Page 466 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones =load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 features.allow_mute Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to mute an active call. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Allow Mute...
  • Page 467 Configuring Basic Features Intercom is a useful feature in office environments to quickly connect with an operator or secretary. Users can press an intercom key to automatically initiate an outgoing intercom call with a remote extension. Note It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones. Procedure Intercom key can be configured using the configuration files or locally.

  • Page 468: Intercom Key

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Intercom Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to Appendix D: Configuring DSS Key on page 909. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following programablekey.X.type/...
  • Page 469 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default is 0. For SIP-T41P IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is For SIP-T27P/G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-21 is For SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones: The default value is 15.
  • Page 470 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured).
  • Page 471 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default For programable keys: X=1-6, 9, 13 (for CP860) For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured). Example: linekey.1.value = 1008 Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones.
  • Page 472 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure an intercom key via web user interface: Click on DSSKey->Line Key (or Programable Key). In the desired DSS key field, select Intercom from the pull-down list of Type. Enter the remote extension number in the Value field.
  • Page 473 Configuring Basic Features Intercom Barge Intercom Barge allows the IP phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call while an active call is in progress. The active call will be placed on hold. If you disable this feature, the IP phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a waiting call while there is already an active call on the IP phone.
  • Page 474 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), the IP phone will reject incoming intercom calls and sends a busy signal to the caller. If it is set to 1 (Enabled), the IP phone will automatically answer an incoming intercom call.
  • Page 475 Configuring Basic Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Menu->Features->Intercom->Intercom Tone features.intercom.barge 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to answer an incoming intercom call while there is already an active call on the IP phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), the IP phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a waiting call while there is already an active call on the IP phone.
  • Page 476 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure intercom via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->Intercom. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired values from the Accept Intercom, Intercom Mute, Intercom Tone and Intercom Barge fields.
  • Page 477 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Ringing timeout can only be configured using the configuration files. Configure the duration time (in seconds) in the ringing state. Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameters: phone_setting.ringing_timeout Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default Integer from 0 to phone_setting.ringing_timeout 3600 Description:...
  • Page 478 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones User-Agent: Yealink SIP-T23G 44.80.0.60 Allow-Events: talk,hold,conference,refer,check-sync Content-Length: 300 Procedure Send user=phone can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure send user=phone feature on a per-line basis. Configuration File <MAC>.cfg Parameters: account.X.enable_user_equal_ph...
  • Page 479 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Send user=phone Phone User Interface: None To configure send user=phone feature via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced.
  • Page 480 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Example of a SIP REGISTER message: REGISTER sip:10.2.1.48:5060 SIP/2.0 Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 10.3.20.14:5060;branch=z9hG4bK3593117201 From: "11" <sip:11@10.2.1.48:5060>;tag=2788360609 To: "11" <sip:11@10.2.1.48:5060> Call-ID: 1_1863786852@10.3.20.14 CSeq: 2 REGISTER Contact: <sip:11@10.3.20.14:5060;line=cc75882e976e208> Allow: INVITE, INFO, PRACK, ACK, BYE, CANCEL, OPTIONS, NOTIFY, REGISTER, SUBSCRIBE, REFER,...
  • Page 481 Configuring Basic Features Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 account.X.register_mac Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to add MAC address to the SIP header of the REGISTER message for account X. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G)
  • Page 482 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Confirm to accept the change. The IP phone can send the line number in the REGISTER message. SIP send line allow adding “Line:<linenumber>”(e.g., Line: 1) to the SIP header of the REGISTER message.
  • Page 483 Configuring Basic Features Configure SIP send line on a per-line basis. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=account-adv&q =load&acc=0 Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 account.X.register_line Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to add line number to the SIP header of the...
  • Page 484 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of SIP Send Line. Click Confirm to accept the change. Reserve # in User Name feature allows IP phones to reserve “#” in user name. When Reserve # in User Name feature is disabled, “#”...
  • Page 485 Configuring Basic Features Procedure Reserve # in User Name can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure reserve # in user name. Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameters: sip.use_23_as_pound Configure reserve # in user name. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?
  • Page 486 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Reserve # in User Name. Click Confirm to accept the change. Password dial feature allows the callee number to be partly displayed on the IP phone when placing a call.
  • Page 487 Configuring Basic Features Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 features.password_dial.enable Description: Enables or disables password dial feature for the IP phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Features->General Information->PswDial Phone User Interface: None String within 32 Blank features.password_dial.prefix characters...
  • Page 488 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure password dial feature via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of PswDial. Enter the prefix of password dial in the PswPrefix field.
  • Page 489 Configuring Basic Features http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=account-adv&q =load&acc=0 Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 account.X.unregister_on_reboot Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to unregister first before re-registering account X when finishing a reboot. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 490 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Unregister When Reboot. Click Confirm to accept the change. As described in 3262, 100rel tag is for reliability of provisional responses. When present in a Supported header, it indicates that the IP phone can send or receive reliable provisional responses.
  • Page 491 Configuring Basic Features User-Agent: Yealink SIP-T23G 44.80.0.60 Supported: 100rel Allow-Events: talk,hold,conference,refer,check-sync Content-Length: Procedure 100 Reliable Retransmission can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the 100 reliable retransmission feature. Configuration File <MAC>.cfg Parameters: account.X.100rel_enable Configure the 100 reliable retransmission feature.
  • Page 492 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Retransmission Phone User Interface: None To configure 100 reliable retransmission via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced.
  • Page 493 Configuring Basic Features Configure reboot in talking. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gen eral&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameter Permitted Values Default features.reboot_in_talk_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the phone to reboot during a call when it receives a reboot request by action URI.
  • Page 494 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Reboot in Talking field. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot.
  • Page 495 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to answer an incoming call by picking up the handset, pressing the Speakerphone key or pressing the HEADSET key directly. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), you need to press the corresponding line key, the Answer soft key or the OK key to answer an incoming call after picking up the handset, pressing the Speakerphone key or pressing the HEADSET key.
  • Page 496 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Specify the maximum Phone User Interface transmitting or receiving bandwidth. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0, 256, 384, 512, 640, 768, features.uplink_bandwidth 1024, 1280, 1500, 2000, 3000 or 4000 Description: Specifies the maximum transmitting bandwidth for the IP phone.
  • Page 497 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default 256-256kb/s 384-384kb/s 512-512kb/s 640-640kb/s 768-768kb/s 1024-1024kb/s 1280-1280kb/s 1500-1500kb/s 2000-2000kb/s 3000-3000kb/s 4000-4000kb/s If it is set to 0 (Auto), the IP phone will select the appropriate receiving bandwidth automatically. Note: It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Web User Interface: Settings->Video->Downlink Bandwidth Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 498 Tap the desired value in the pop-up dialog box. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change. Yealink IP phones support capturing the screenshot and recording during a call. Before capturing the screenshot and recording, ensure that the USB flash drive has been inserted into the USB port of the phone.
  • Page 499 *.JPG files. For more Yealink_SIP_VP-T49G_User_Guide. information, refer to Yealink IP phones also support capturing the screen display of the IP phone using the action URI. For more information, refer to Scenario A - Capturing the Current Screen of the Phone on page 627.
  • Page 500 USB flash drive which you inserted into the phone during an active call. You can record the audio or video call by tapping the Record soft key during a call. Yealink IP phones also support recording calls by tapping record/URL record key. For more information, refer to Call Recording on page 580.
  • Page 501 If the phone is not in an active video call, the external monitor will only display a Yealink logo. To use this feature, ensure that the external monitor has been connected to the HDMI...
  • Page 502 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure External monitor feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure external monitor feature. Parameters: Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg features.hdmi_out.enable features.hdmi_out_status Configure external monitor Local Phone User Interface feature.
  • Page 503 Configuring Basic Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: Menu->Basic->HDMI->EXT Display To configure EXT display via phone user interface: ->Basic->HDMI. Tap the EXT Display field. Tap the desired value in the pop-up dialog box. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
  • Page 504 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones...
  • Page 505 Configuring Advanced Features This chapter provides information for making configuration changes for the following advanced features: Remote Phone Book  LDAP  Busy Lamp Field  BLF List  Hide Features Access Code  Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)  Shared Call Appearance (SCA) ...
  • Page 506 (Menu.xml and Department.xml) to the provisioning server, and specify the access URL of the file (Menu.xml) in the configuration files. You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for remote XML phone book template. You can also obtain the remote XML phone book template online: .
  • Page 507 Configuring Advanced Features Where: Specify the contact name between <Name> and </Name>. Specify the contact number between <Telephone> and </Telephone>. Save the file and place this file to the provisioning server. When creating a Menu.xml file, learn the following: <YealinkIPPhoneMenu> indicates the start of a remote phone book file and ...
  • Page 508 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones http://10.2.9.1:99/Department.xml <URL> </URL> </MenuItem> For each XML file that you want to add, add the following strings to the file. Each starts on a separate line: <SoftKeyItem> <Name> </Name> http://10.2.9.1:99/Department.xml <URL>...
  • Page 509 During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.20”, and downloads the remote phone book file “Menu.xml”. Note Yealink supplies a phonebook generation tool to generate a remote XML phone book. Yealink Phonebook Generation Tool User Guide For more information, refer to Incoming/Outgoing Call Lookup allows IP phones to search the entry names from the remote phone book for incoming/outgoing calls.
  • Page 510 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones the local cache of the remote phone book. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/ T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=cont acts-remote&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=mod _data&p=contacts-remote&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default URL within 511 remote_phonebook.data.X.url...
  • Page 511 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default String within 99 Blank remote_phonebook.display_name characters Description: Configures the display name of the remote phone book. Example: remote_phonebook.display_name = Friends “Friends” will be displayed on the LCD screen at the path Menu->Directory. If it is left blank, Remote Phone Book will be the display name. Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T42G/T41P IP phones.
  • Page 512 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None features.remote_phonebook.enter_update_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to refresh the local cache of the remote phone book at a time when accessing the remote phone book.
  • Page 513 Configuring Advanced Features Enter the desired time in the Update Time Interval(Seconds) field. Click Confirm to accept the change. LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is an application protocol for accessing and maintaining information services for the distributed directory over an IP network. IP phones can be configured to interface with a corporate directory server that supports LDAP version 2 or 3.
  • Page 514 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones LDAP Attributes The following table lists the most common attributes used to configure the LDAP lookup on IP phones. Abbreviation Name Description givenName First name LDAP attribute is made up from commonName given name joined to surname.
  • Page 515 Configuring Advanced Features ldap.call_out_lookup ldap.ldap_sort ldap.incoming_call_special_sear ch.enable Assign an LDAP key. Parameters: linekey.X.type/ programablekey.X.type/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.type linekey.X.label/ programablekey.X.label/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.label Configure LDAP . Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=contacts-LDAP&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=contacts-LDA P&q=load Web User Interface Local Assign an LDAP key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P)
  • Page 516 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default ldap.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables LDAP feature on the IP phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones.
  • Page 517 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default ldap.number_filter = (|(telephoneNumber=%)(mobile=%)(ipPhone=%)) When the number prefix of the telephoneNumber, mobile or ipPhone of the contact record matches the search criteria, the record will be displayed on the LCD screen. Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones. Web User Interface: Directory->LDAP->LDAP Number Filter Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 518 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 65535 Description: Configures the port of the LDAP server. Example: ldap.port = 389 Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones. Web User Interface: Directory->LDAP->Port...
  • Page 519 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None String within 99 ldap.password Blank characters Description: Configures the password to login the LDAP server. This parameter can be left blank in case the server allows anonymous to login. Otherwise you will need to provide the password to login the LDAP server.
  • Page 520 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default separated by spaces. Example: ldap.name_attr = cn sn This requires the “cn” and “sn” attributes set for each contact record on the LDAP server. Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones.
  • Page 521 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Directory->LDAP->LDAP Display Name Phone User Interface: None ldap.version 2 or 3 Description: Configures the LDAP protocol version supported by the IP phone. Make sure the protocol value corresponds with the version assigned on the LDAP server. Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones.
  • Page 522 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default None ldap.ldap_sort 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to sort the search results in alphabetical order or numerical order. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones.
  • Page 523 Configuring Advanced Features LDAP Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to Appendix D: Configuring DSS Key on page 909. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey.X.type/ Refer to the programablekey.X.type/ following content expansion_module.X.key.Y.type Description: Configures a DSS key as an LDAP key on the IP phone.
  • Page 524 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-27 is 0. For SIP-T42G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-12 is 15, and the default value of the line key 13-15 is 0.
  • Page 525 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default For SIP-T42G/T41P/T40P IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND). When X=4, the default value is 30 (Menu). When X=5, the default value is 28 (History).
  • Page 526 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=10, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=14, the default value is 2 (Forward).
  • Page 527 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 4. For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured). Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key/Programable Key->Label Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 528 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure an LDAP key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
  • Page 529 From: "1010" <sip:1010@10.2.1.48:5060>;tag=2493044525 To: <sip:1011@10.2.1.48:5060>;tag=2527548726 Call-ID: 0_3538292381@10.3.20.1 CSeq: 2 SUBSCRIBE Contact: <sip:1010@10.3.20.1:5060> Accept: application/dialog-info+xml Max-Forwards: 70 User-Agent: Yealink SIP-T23G 44.80.0.60 Expires: 30 Event: dialog Content-Length: 0 Example of a NOTIFY message (<state>confirmed</state> shows the call has been established): NOTIFY sip:1010@10.3.20.1:5060 SIP/2.0 Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 10.3.20.2:5060;branch=z9hG4bK276311022...
  • Page 530 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones <identity>sip:1010@10.2.1.48:5060</identity> <target uri="sip:1010@10.2.1.48:5060"/> </remote> </dialog> </dialog-info> Visual Alert and Audio Alert for BLF Pickup Visual and audio alert for BLF pickup allow the supervisor’s phone to play an alert tone and display a visual prompt (e.g., “6001<-6002”, 6001 is the monitored extension which receives an incoming call from 6002) when the monitored user receives an incoming call.
  • Page 531 Configuring Advanced Features Line Key/Expansion Module Key LED (configured as a BLF key or a BLF List key and BLF LED Mode is set to 1) LED Status Description Fast flashing red (200ms) The monitored user receives an incoming call. The monitored user is dialing.
  • Page 532 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Line Key/Expansion Module Key LED (configured as a BLF key or a BLF List key and BLF LED Mode is set to 4. This mode is specifically designed for the Genband server.)
  • Page 533 Configuring Advanced Features Configure the event of the BLF subscription. Parameter: account.X.blf.subscribe_event Configure whether to handle NOTIFY messages out of the BLF dialog. Parameter: account.X.out_dialog_blf_enable Assign a BLF key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27 P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=dss key&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=m od_data&p=dsskey&q=load Specify whether to use visual alert and audio alert for BLF pickup.
  • Page 534 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure the period of the BLF subscription. Configure whether to handle NOTIFY messages out of the BLF dialog. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27 P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=ac count-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=m od_data&p=account-adv&q=load&acc Phone User Assign a BLF key.
  • Page 535 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: Features->Call Pickup->Audio Alert for BLF Pickup Phone User Interface: None features.blf_led_mode 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 Description: Configures BLF LED mode and provides five kinds of definition for the BLF/BLF List key LED status.
  • Page 536 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default None account.X.blf.subscribe_event 0 or 1 Description: Configures the event of the BLF subscription for account X. 0-dialog 1-presence X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 537 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default None BLF Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to Appendix D: Configuring DSS Key on page 909. Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following expansion_module.X.key.Y.type content Description:...
  • Page 538 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values The default value of the line key 1-12 is 15, and the default value of the line key 13-15 is 0. For SIP-T41P IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is 0.
  • Page 539 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) 1-Line 1 2-Line 2 … 16-Line 16 Example: linekey.1.line = 1 Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key->Line Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 540 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Value String within linekey.X.pickup_value/ Blank expansion_module.X.key.Y.pickup_value characters Description: Configures the pickup code for BLF feature. This parameter only applies to BLF feature.
  • Page 541 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured).
  • Page 542 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Audio Alert for BLF Pickup. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure BLF LED mode via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information.
  • Page 543 Configuring Advanced Features Enter the desired period of BLF subscription in the Subscribe Period(Seconds) field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a BLF key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys. Select the desired DSS key. Press , or the Switch soft key to select BLF from the Type field. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID field.
  • Page 544 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure BLF List can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure BLF List. Parameters: account.X.blf.blf_list_uri <MAC>.cfg account.X.blf_list_code account.X.blf_list_barge_in_code account.X.blf_list_retrieve_call_parked_ code Specify whether to automatically configure the BLF list keys.
  • Page 545 Configuring Advanced Features P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=ds skey&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=m od_data&p=dsskey&q=load Phone User Assign a BLF List key. Interface Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting.auto_blf_list_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically configure the BLF list keys. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 546 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default characters Description: Configures the BLF List URI to monitor a list of users for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G)
  • Page 547 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 548 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following expansion_module.X.key.Y.type content Description: Configures a DSS key as a BLF List key on the IP phone. The digit 39 stands for the key type BLF List.
  • Page 549 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default The default value is 15. For ext keys: When Y=1, the default value is 37 (Switch). When Y= 2 to 20, 22 to 40, the default value is 0 (NA). Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key->Type Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 550 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key->Line Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Account ID To configure the BLF List settings via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced.
  • Page 551 Configuring Advanced Features Repeat the step 2, configure more BLF list keys. Click Confirm to accept the change. Hide Features Access Code feature enables the IP phone to display the feature name instead of the dialed feature access code automatically. For example, the dialed call park code will be replaced by the identifier “Call Park”...
  • Page 552 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=features-gen eral&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values features.hide_feature_access_codes.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to display feature name instead of the feature access code when dialing and in talk.
  • Page 553 Configuring Advanced Features Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Hide Feature Access Codes. Click Confirm to accept the change. ACD enables organizations to manage a large number of phone calls on an individual basis. ACD enables the use of IP phones in a call-center role by automatically distributing incoming calls to available users, or agents.
  • Page 554 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones account.X.acd.enable account.X.acd.available account.X.subscribe_acd_expires Configure ACD auto available. Parameters: acd.auto_available acd.auto_available_timer Assign an ACD key. <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameters: linekey.X.type/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.type linekey.X.label/ expansion_module.X.key.Y.label Configure ACD auto available. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=features-acd&q=load...
  • Page 555 Configuring Advanced Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.acd.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables ACD feature for account X. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2)
  • Page 556 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None Integer from 120 to account.X.subscribe_acd_expires 3600 3600 Description: Configures the period (in seconds) of ACD subscription for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 557 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the interval (in seconds) for the status of the ACD agent to be automatically changed to available. Note: account.X.acd.enable It works only if the values of parameters “ ” and “acd.auto_available” are set to 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: Features->ACD->ACD Auto Available Timer (0~120s) Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 558 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-29 is 0. For SIP-T46G/T29G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-27 is 0.
  • Page 559 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured). Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key->Label Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 560 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure the ACD subscribe period via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. Enter the desired timer in the ACD Subscribe Period(120~3600s) field.
  • Page 561 Configuring Advanced Features “call-info” for call appearance state notification  “line-seize” for the IP phone to ask to seize the line  SCA supports the IP phones barging in an active call. In addition, SCA has the call pull capability. Call pull feature allows users to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in active or public hold status.
  • Page 562 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure the registration line type. Configure the call pull feature access code. Configure the number of DSS keys to be assigned automatically. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=account-adv&q=load&acc= For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet...
  • Page 563 Configuring Advanced Features For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-softk ey&q=load Assign a private hold key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=dsskey&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=dsskey&q=lo Phone User Interface Assign a private hold key. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.shared_line 0, 1 or 3...
  • Page 564 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default String within 32 account.X.shared_line_callpull_code Blank characters Description: Configures the call pull feature access code to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in active or public hold status for account X.
  • Page 565 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None features.auto_linekeys.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the DSS keys to be assigned with Line type automatically. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: The number of the DSS keys is determined by the value of the parameter “account.X.number_of_linekey”.
  • Page 566 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the Talking state. Example: custom_softkey_talking.url = http://192.168.1.20/XMLfiles/Talking.xml During the auto provisioning process, the IP phone connects to the provisioning server “192.168.1.20”, and downloads the Talking state file from the “XMLfiles”...
  • Page 567 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values Example: linekey.2.type = 20 Default: For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-29 is 0. For SIP-T46G/T29G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-27 is 0.
  • Page 568 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values X ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP-T42G/T41P) X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2)
  • Page 569 Configuring Advanced Features To configure the shared line settings on the primary phone via web user interface: Register the primary account (e.g., 4609). Click on Advanced, select Shared Call Appearance from the pull-down list of Shared Line. Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field. This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled.
  • Page 570 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The default value is 1. In this example, the value is set to 2. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the shared line settings on alternate phone via web user interface: Register the alternate account (e.g., 4609_1).
  • Page 571 Configuring Advanced Features Click on Advanced, select Shared Call Appearance from the pull-down list of Shared Line. Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field. This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled. The default value is 1. In this example, the value is set to 2. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 572 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the call pull feature access code (e.g., *11) in the Call Pull Feature Access Code field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the private hold soft key via web user interface: Click on Settings->Softkey Layout.
  • Page 573 Configuring Advanced Features To configure a private hold key via web user interface: Click on DSSKey->Line Key. In the desired DSS key field, select Private Hold from the pull-down list of Type. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 574 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure BLA can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the registration line type. Parameters: account.X.shared_line Configure the BLA number. Configuration File <MAC>.cfg Parameters: account.X.bla_number Configure the period of BLA subscription.
  • Page 575 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Shared Line Phone User Interface: None String within 99 account.X.bla_number Blank characters Description: Configures the BLA number for account X.
  • Page 576 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “account.X.shared_line” is set to 3 (Draft BLA). It is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->BLA Subscription Period...
  • Page 577 Configuring Advanced Features indicator LED slow flashes red and the MESSAGE key LED lights up (MESSAGE key LED is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones). For more information on power indicator LED, refer to Power Indicator LED on page 103. IP phones support both solicited and unsolicited MWI.
  • Page 578 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/ T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=account-adv&q=lo ad&acc=0 Configure the voice mail number for Phone User Interface account X. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.subscribe_mwi...
  • Page 579 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Integer from 0 to account.X.subscribe_mwi_expires 3600 84600 Description: Configures MWI subscribe expiry time (in seconds) for account X. The IP phone is able to successfully refresh the SUBSCRIBE for message-summary events before expiration of the subscription dialog. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G)
  • Page 580 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None String within 99 voice_mail.number.X Blank characters Description: Configures the voice mail number for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 581 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Account->Advanced->Voice Mail Display Phone User Interface: None To configure subscribe for MWI via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Subscribe for MWI. Enter the period time in the MWI Subscription Period(Seconds) field.
  • Page 582 Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Voice Mail Display. Click Confirm to accept the change. SMS feature allows users to send and receive text messages using Yealink IP phones. It depends on support from a SIP server.
  • Page 583 Configuring Advanced Features When receiving a new text message, the phone will play a warning tone. The power indicator LED will slow flash red, and the LCD screen will prompt receiving new text messages with the number of waiting messages. You can customize the warning tone or select specialized tone sets (vary from country to country) for your IP phone.
  • Page 584 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones subscribers stop receiving it. Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally. Specify a multicast codec for the IP phone to send the RTP stream. Parameter: multicast.codec...
  • Page 585 Configuring Advanced Features Specify a multicast codec for the IP phone to send the RTP stream. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =features-general&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=features-genera l&q=load Configure the multicast IP address and port number for a paging list key.
  • Page 586 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones m=mod_data&p=dsskey&q=load Configure the multicast IP address and port number for a paging list key. Phone User Interface Configure the multicast paging group name for a paging list key. Assign a multicast paging key or a paging list key.
  • Page 587 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Menu->Features->Paging List->Option->Edit->Address multicast.paging_address.X.label String Blank (X ranges from 1 to 10) Description: Configures the name of the multicast paging group to be displayed in the paging list. It will be displayed on the LCD screen when placing the multicast paging calls. Example: multicast.paging_address.1.label = Product multicast.paging_address.2.label = Sales...
  • Page 588 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) For programable keys: X=1-6, 9, 13 (for CP860) For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured).
  • Page 589 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=6, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=13, the default value is 0 (NA). Note: It is not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones. Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key->Type Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 590 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default expansion_module.X.key.Y.label characters Description: (Optional.) Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G)
  • Page 591 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP-T42G/T41P) X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) For programable keys:...
  • Page 592 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default The default value is 15. For programable keys: For SIP VP-T49G IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory).
  • Page 593 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=13, the default value is 0 (NA). For SIP-T29G/T27P/T27G IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND). When X=4, the default value is 30 (Menu).
  • Page 594 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default When X=7, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=13, the default value is 0 (NA).
  • Page 595 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default For ext keys: X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured). Web User Interface: DSSKey->Line Key/Programable Key->Label Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Label To configure a codec for multicast paging via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information.
  • Page 596 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The label will appear on the LCD screen when sending the RTP multicast. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a multicast paging key via web user interface: Click on DSSKey->Line Key.
  • Page 597 Configuring Advanced Features To configure a paging list key via web user interface: Click on DSSKey->Line Key (or Programable Key). In the desired DSS key field, select Paging List from the pull-down list of Type. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 598 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Paging Barge This parameter defines the priority of the voice call in progress, and decides how the IP phone handles the incoming multicast paging calls when there is already a voice call in progress.
  • Page 599 Configuring Advanced Features http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m= mod_data&p=contacts-multicastIP&q =load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default multicast.listen_address.X.ip_address IP address: port Blank (X ranges from 1 to 10) Description: Configures the multicast address and port number that the IP phone listens to. Example: multicast.listen_address.1.ip_address = 224.5.6.20:10008 Note: The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
  • Page 600 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default calls when there is an active multicast paging call on the IP phone. If it is set to 1 (Enabled), the IP phone will receive the incoming multicast paging call with a higher or equal priority and ignore that with a lower priority.
  • Page 601 Configuring Advanced Features Enter the listening multicast address and port number in the Listening Address field. 1 is the highest priority and 10 is the lowest priority. Enter the label in the Label field. The label will appear on the LCD screen when receiving the RTP multicast. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 602 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Call recording enables users to record calls. It depends on support from a SIP server. When the user presses the call record key, the IP phone sends a record request to the server.

  • Page 603: Url Record

    GET /URLRecord/record.xml HTTP/1.1\r\n Request Method: GET Request URI: /URLRecord/record.xml Request version: HTTP/1.1 Host: 10.3.5.97:8080\r\n User-agent: Yealink SIP-T23G 44.80.0.60 00:15:65:74:B1:50\r\n If the recording is successfully started, the server will respond with a 200 OK message. Example of a 200 OK message: <YealinkIPPhoneText> <Title>...
  • Page 604 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones </Text> <YealinkIPPhoneText> When the user presses the URL record key for the second time, the IP phone sends an HTTP GET message to the server, and then the server will respond with a 200 OK message.
  • Page 605 Configuring Advanced Features ?m=mod_data&p=dsskey&q=lo Assign a record key and URL Phone User Interface record key. Record Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to Appendix D: Configuring DSS Key on page 909. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default...
  • Page 606 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default The default value of the line key 1-12 is 15, and the default value of the line key 13-15 is 0. For SIP-T41P IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is 0.
  • Page 607 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Label URL Record Key Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following expansion_module.X.key.Y.type content Description: Configures a DSS key as a URL record key on the IP phone. The digit 35 stands for the key type URL Record.
  • Page 608 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is 0. For SIP-T27P/G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-21 is 0.
  • Page 609 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Key X->Value linekey.X.label/ String within 99 Blank expansion_module.X.key.Y.label characters Description: (Optional.) Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP-T42G/T41P) X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G)
  • Page 610 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones In the desired DSS key field, select URL Record from the pull-down list of Type. Enter the URL in the Value field. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
  • Page 611 Configuring Advanced Features Hot desking allows a user to clear registration configurations of all accounts on the IP phone, and then register his account on line 1. To use this feature, you need to assign a hot desking key. Note Hot desking is not applicable to CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 612 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones ?m=mod_data&p=dsskey&q=lo Phone User Interface Assign a hot desking key. Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values hotdesking.dsskey_register_name_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of register name on the hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key.
  • Page 613 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones. Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None hotdesking.dsskey_sip_server_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of SIP server on the hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key.
  • Page 614 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values linekey.X.type/ Refer to the following programablekey.X.type/ content expansion_module.X.key.Y.type Description: Configures a DSS key as a hot desking key on the IP phone. The digit 34 stands for the key type Hot Desking.
  • Page 615 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-15 is 0. For SIP-T27P/G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-6 is 15, and the default value of the line key 7-21 is 0.
  • Page 616 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values When X=5, the default value is 28 (History). When X=6, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=7, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA).
  • Page 617 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values (Optional.) Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key. For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP-T42G/T41P) X ranges from 1 to 21 (for SIP-T27P/G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G)
  • Page 618 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Press , or the Switch soft key to select Hot Desking from the Key Type field. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
  • Page 619 Configuring Advanced Features Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default 0 or 1 phone_setting.logon_wizard Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to provide the logon wizard during the first startup. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones. It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone.
  • Page 620 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter “phone_setting.logon_wizard” is set to 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None hotdesking.startup_password_enable 0 or 1...
  • Page 621 Configuring Advanced Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of outbound server on the logon wizard during the first startup. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones. It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter “phone_setting.logon_wizard”...
  • Page 622 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Action URL allows IP phones to interact with web server applications by sending an HTTP or HTTPS GET request. You can specify a URL that triggers a GET request when a specified event occurs.
  • Page 623 Configuring Advanced Features Event Description UnHeld When a held call is resumed. Mute When the IP phone mutes a call. UnMute When the IP phone un-mutes a call. Missed Call When the IP phone misses a call. IP Changed When the IP address of the IP phone changes. When the state of the IP phone changes from idle to Idle To Busy busy.
  • Page 624 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following table lists pre-defined variable values. Variable Value Description $mac The MAC address of the IP phone. The IP address of the IP phone. $model The IP phone model. $firmware The firmware version of the IP phone.
  • Page 625 Configuring Advanced Features Procedure Action URL can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure action URL. Parameters: action_url.setup_completed action_url.registered action_url.unregistered action_url.register_failed action_url.off_hook action_url.on_hook action_url.incoming_call action_url.outgoing_call action_url.call_established action_url.dnd_on action_url.dnd_off action_url.always_fwd_on action_url.always_fwd_off action_url.busy_fwd_on action_url.busy_fwd_off Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg action_url.no_answer_fwd_on action_url.no_answer_fwd_off action_url.transfer_call action_url.blind_transfer_call action_url.attended_transfer_call action_url.hold...
  • Page 626 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones action_url.reject_incoming_call action_url.answer_new_incoming_c action_url.transfer_finished action_url.transfer_failed action_url.setup_autop_finish action_url.call_waiting_on action_url.call_waiting_off action_url.headset action_url.handfree action_url.cancel_callout action_url.remote_busy action_url.call_remote_canceled Configure action URL. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =features-actionurl&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=features-actionurl&...
  • Page 627 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default $model  $firmware  $active_url  $active_user  $active_host  $local  $remote  $display_local  $display_remote  $call_id  $callerID  $calledNumber  Example: action_url.setup_completed = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Setup Completed Phone User Interface: None action_url.registered...
  • Page 628 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.unregistered = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Unregistered Phone User Interface: None action_url.register_failed URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends after a register failed.
  • Page 629 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Features->Action URL->On Hook Phone User Interface: None action_url.incoming_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when receiving an incoming call. Example: action_url.incoming_call = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Incoming Call Phone User Interface: None...
  • Page 630 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.dnd_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when DND feature is enabled. Example: action_url.dnd_on = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Open DND...
  • Page 631 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when always forward feature is disabled. Example: action_url.always_fwd_off = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Close Always Forward Phone User Interface: None action_url.busy_fwd_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when busy forward feature is...
  • Page 632 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when no answer forward feature is enabled. Example: action_url.no_answer_fwd_on = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Open NoAnswer Forward...
  • Page 633 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when performing a blind transfer. Example: action_url.blind_transfer_call = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Blind Transfer Phone User Interface: None action_url.attended_transfer_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when performing an attended/semi-attended transfer.
  • Page 634 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.unhold = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->UnHold Phone User Interface: None action_url.held URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when a call is held.
  • Page 635 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None action_url.unmute URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when un-muting a call. Example: action_url.unmute = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->UnMute Phone User Interface: None action_url.missed_call URL within 511 characters...
  • Page 636 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.busy_to_idle URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when changing the state of the IP phone from busy to idle.
  • Page 637 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default None action_url.forward_incoming_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when forwarding an incoming call. Example: action_url.forward_incoming_call = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Forward Incoming Call Phone User Interface: None action_url.reject_incoming_call URL within 511 characters...
  • Page 638 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.transfer_finished URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when completing a call transfer. Example: action_url.transfer_finished = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Transfer Finished...
  • Page 639 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.call_waiting_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when call waiting feature is enabled. Example: action_url.call_waiting_on = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Open Call Waiting Phone User Interface: None action_url.call_waiting_off URL within 511 characters...
  • Page 640 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when pressing the Speakerphone key. Example: action_url.handfree = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Note: It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 641 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url.call_remote_canceled Blank URL within 511 characters Description: Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when the remote party cancels the outgoing call in the ringing state. Example: action_url.call_remote_canceled = http://192.168.0.20/help.xml?IP=$ip Web User Interface: Features->Action URL->Call Remote Canceled Phone User Interface: None...

  • Page 642: Sip Notify Message

    “=”. The valid URI format is: address/servlet?key=variable value . For example: http://10.3.20.10/servlet?key=OK. Note http(s)://phone IP Yealink IP phones are compatible with other two old valid URI formats: address/cgi-bin/ConfigManApp.com?key=variable value http(s)://phone IP address/cgi-bin/cgiServer.exx?key=variable value SIP Notify Message In addition, Yealink IP phones support performing the specified action immediately by accepting a SIP NOTIFY message with the “Event: ACTION-URI”...
  • Page 643 Configuring Advanced Features The following table lists pre-defined variable values: Variable Value Phone Action Press the OK/√ key. ENTER Press the Enter soft key. Press the Speakerphone key (not SPEAKER applicable to CP860 IP phones). F_TRANSFER Transfers a call to another party. VOLUME_UP Increase the volume.
  • Page 644 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Variable Value Phone Action Place a call to xxx from SIP URI y. Example: http://10.3.20.10/servlet?key=number=1234 number=xxx&outgoing_uri=y &outgoing_uri=1006@10.2.1.48 (1234 means the number you dial out; 1006@10.2.1.48 means the SIP URL you dial from.)
  • Page 645 Configuring Advanced Features Variable Value Phone Action CallWaitingOff Deactivate the call waiting feature. Activate an always/busy/no answer forward feature to xxx for the IP phone (“xxx” means the destination number) The valid value of “n” means the duration time (seconds) before forwarding incoming calls (n is the times of 6, e.g., 24).
  • Page 646 “key”. xxx refers to the login user name and yyy refers to the login password. Yealink IP phones also support a combination of the variable values in the URI, but the order of the variable value is determined by the operation of the phone. The valid URI http(s)://phone IP address/servlet?key=variable value[;variable value]...
  • Page 647 Configuring Advanced Features information, refer to Scenario A - Capturing the Current Screen of the Phone on page 627. Procedure Specify the trusted IP address for action URI using the configuration files or locally. Configure the IP phone to receive the action URI requests.
  • Page 648 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None features.action_uri_limit_ip IP address or any Blank Description: Configures the IP address of the server from which the IP phone receives the action URI requests.
  • Page 649 Configuring Advanced Features Multiple IP addresses are separated by commas. If you enter “any” in this field, the IP phone can receive and handle GET requests from any IP address. If you leave the field blank, the IP phone cannot receive or handle any HTTP GET request. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 650 You can save the image to your local system. Note Frequent capture may affect the phone performance. Yealink recommend you to capture the phone screen display within a minimum interval of 4 seconds. You can place a call via web user interface. Before doing it, ensure that the IP address of your computer is included in the trusted IP address for Action URI on the phone.
  • Page 651 Configuring Advanced Features If you place a call via web user interface but the trusted IP address has not been configured, the web user interface prompts “Call fail”. To place a call via web user interface: Click on Directory->Phone Call Info. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Outgoing Identity.

  • Page 652: Phone Registration

    Working Server: Server 1 is configured with the domain name of the working server. For example: yealink.pbx.com. DNS mechanism is used such that the working server is resolved to multiple servers for failover purpose. The working server is deployed in redundant pairs, designated as primary and secondary servers.
  • Page 653 Successive registration: The IP phone only registers to one server at a time. The IP  phone first registers to the working server. In a failure situation, the IP phone registers to the fallback server. Server Redundancy on Yealink IP For more information on server redundancy, refer to Phones. Procedure Server redundancy can be configured using the configuration files or locally.
  • Page 654 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T2 7G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=account -register&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=mod_d ata&p=account-register&q=load&acc=0 Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.sip_server.Y.address String within 256 Blank characters (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 2) Description: Configures the IP address or domain name of the SIP server Y for account X.
  • Page 655 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Example: account.1.sip_server.1.port = 5060 Web User Interface: Account->Register->SIP Server Y->Port Phone User Interface: None account.X.sip_server.Y.expires Integer from 30 3600 to 2147483647 (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 2) Description: Configures the registration expiration time (in seconds) of the SIP server Y for account X.
  • Page 656 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Register->SIP Server Y->Server Retry Counts Phone User Interface: None account.X.sip_server.Y.register_on_enable 0 or 1 (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 2)
  • Page 657 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: Account->Register->Enable Outbound Proxy Server Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings->Accounts->Outbound Status IP address or account.X.outbound_host Blank domain name Description: Configures the IP address or domain name of the outbound proxy server 1 for account X.
  • Page 658 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “account.X.outbound_proxy_enable” is set to 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: Account->Register->Outbound Proxy Server 1->Port Phone User Interface: None IP address or account.X.backup_outbound_host...
  • Page 659 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default account.1.backup_outbound_port = 5060 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “account.X.outbound_proxy_enable” is set to 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: Account->Register->Outbound Proxy Server 2->Port Phone User Interface: None account.X.fallback.redundancy_type 0 or 1 Description: Configures the registration mode for the IP phone in fallback mode.
  • Page 660 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Note: It is not applicable to outbound proxy servers. Web User Interface:...
  • Page 661 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default requests to the primary server. 2-Registration: the IP phone will send requests to the last registered server first. If the registration expires, the phone will retry to send requests to the primary server. 3-duration: the IP phone will send requests to the last registered server first.
  • Page 662 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default None To configure server redundancy for fallback purpose via web user interface: Click on Account->Register. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. Configure registration parameters of the selected account in the corresponding fields.
  • Page 663 Configuring Advanced Features 2) Configure parameters of outbound proxy server 1 and outbound proxy server 2 in the corresponding fields. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure server redundancy for failover purpose via web user interface: Click on Account->Register. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
  • Page 664 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select DNS-NAPTR from the pull-down list of Transport. If you use outbound proxy servers, do the following: 1) Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Enable Outbound Proxy Server. 2) Configure parameters of outbound proxy server 1/2 in the corresponding fields.
  • Page 665 A query. If no port is found through the DNS query, 5060 will be used. The following details the procedures of DNS query for the IP phone to resolve the domain name (e.g., yealink.pbx.com) of working server into the IP address, port and transport protocol. NAPTR (Naming Authority Pointer) First, the IP phone sends NAPTR query to get the NAPTR pointer and transport protocol.
  • Page 666 SRV query next. TCP will be used, targeted to a host determined by an SRV query of “_sip._tcp.yealink.pbx.com”. If the flag of the NAPTR record returned is empty, the IP phone will perform NAPTR query again according to the previous NAPTR query result.
  • Page 667 Configuring Advanced Features Outgoing Call When the Working Server Connection Fails When a user initiates a call, the IP phone will go through the following steps to connect the call: Sends the INVITE request to the primary server. If the primary server does not respond correctly to the INVITE, then tries to make the call using the secondary server.
  • Page 668 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones ?m=mod_data&p=account-regis ter&q=load&acc=0 Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.sip_server.Y.transport_type 0, 1, 2 or 3 (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 2) Description: Configures the type of transport protocol for account X.
  • Page 669 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None Failover redundancy can only be utilized when the configured domain name of the server is resolved to multiple IP addresses.
  • Page 670 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Static DNS cache can be configured only using the configuration files. Configure NAPTR/SRV/A records. Parameters: dns_cache_naptr.X.name dns_cache_naptr.X.flags dns_cache_naptr.X.order dns_cache_naptr.X.preference dns_cache_naptr.X.replace dns_cache_naptr.X.service dns_cache_naptr.X.ttl <y0000000000xx>.cfg dns_cache_srv.X.name dns_cache_srv.X.port dns_cache_srv.X.priority dns_cache_srv.X.target Configuration File dns_cache_srv.X.weight dns_cache_srv.X.ttl...
  • Page 671 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the domain name to which NAPTR record X refers. Example: dns_cache_naptr.1.name = yealink.pbx.com Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None dns_cache_naptr.X.flags S, A, U or P Blank (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the flag of NAPTR record X.
  • Page 672 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default dns_cache_naptr.X.preference Integer from 0 to 65535 (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the preference of NAPTR record X. NAPTR record with lower preference is more preferred.
  • Page 673 Domain name Blank (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the domain name in SRV record X. Example: dns_cache_srv.1.name = _sip._tcp.yealink.pbx.com Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None dns_cache_srv.X.port Integer from 0 to 65535 (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the port to be used in SRV record X.
  • Page 674 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None dns_cache_srv.X.priority Integer from 0 to 65535 (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the priority for the target host in SRV record X.
  • Page 675 None dns_cache_a.X.name Domain name Blank (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the domain name in A record X. Example: dns_cache_a.1.name = yealink.pbx.com Web User Interface: None Phone User Interface: None dns_cache_a.X.ip IP address Blank (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the IP address that the domain name in A record X maps to.
  • Page 676 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default dns_cache_a.X.ttl Integer from 30 to 2147483647 (X ranges from 1 to 12) Description: Configures the time interval (in seconds) that A record X may be cached before the record should be consulted again.
  • Page 677 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures whether preferentially to use the static DNS cache for domain name resolution of the server for account X. 0-Use domain name resolution from the DNS server preferentially 1-Use static DNS cache preferentially X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G)
  • Page 678 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones In addition to manual configuration, the IP phone also supports automatic discovery of VLAN via LLDP , CDP or DHCP . The assignment takes effect in this order: assignment via LLDP/CDP , manual configuration, then assignment via DHCP .
  • Page 679 Configuring Advanced Features connected devices on the network that are also using the protocol, and store the information about other devices. When LLDP feature is enabled on IP phones, the IP phones periodically advertise their own information to the directly connected LLDP-enabled switch. The IP phones can also receive LLDP packets from the connected switch.
  • Page 680 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect. Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->LLDP->Active Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->LLDP->LLDP Status...
  • Page 681 Configuring Advanced Features Enter the desired time interval in the Packet Interval (1~3600s) field. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone. To configure LLDP feature via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->LLDP->LLDP Status.
  • Page 682 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters: network.cdp.enable network.cdp.packet_interval Configure CDP . Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servle Local t?p=network-adv&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servle t?m=mod_data&p=network-ad v&q=load Phone User Interface Configure CDP feature.
  • Page 683 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Discovery Protocol) request. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “network.cdp.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled). If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect. Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->CDP->Packet Interval (1~3600s) Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 684 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones VLAN is disabled on IP phones by default. You can configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port manually. For CP860 IP phones, you can only configure VLAN for the Internet port manually, because they only have Internet port.
  • Page 685 Configuring Advanced Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.vlan.internet_port_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables VLAN for the Internet (WAN) port. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 686 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->VLAN->WAN Port->Priority network.vlan.pc_port_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables VLAN for the PC (LAN) port. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones. If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 687 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Network->Advanced->VLAN >PC Port->Priority Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->VLAN->PC Port->Priority To configure VLAN for Internet port via web user interface: Click on Network->Advanced. In the VLAN block, select the desired value from the pull-down list of WAN Port Active.
  • Page 688 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value (0-7) from the pull-down list of Priority. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot.
  • Page 689 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters: network.vlan.dhcp_enable network.vlan.dhcp_option Configure DHCP VLAN discovery feature. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servle Local t?p=network-adv&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servle t?m=mod_data&p=network-ad v&q=load Configure DHCP VLAN Phone User Interface discovery feature. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default...
  • Page 690 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the DHCP option from which the IP phone will obtain the VLAN settings. You can configure at most five DHCP options and separate them by commas.
  • Page 691 The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time. Yealink IP phones support VLAN in the wireless network. This feature is disabled by default. The method that the phones use to obtain VLAN in the wireless network is the same as the one in the wired network.
  • Page 692 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones None network.vlan.wifi_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables manual configuration of VLAN feature in the wireless network for the IP phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “wifi.vlan_enable” is set to 1 (Enabled).
  • Page 693 Configuring Advanced Features None VPN (Virtual Private Network) is a secured private network connection built on top of public telecommunication infrastructure, such as the Internet. It has become more prevalent due to benefits of scalability, reliability, convenience and security. VPN provides remote offices or individual users with secure access to their organization's network.
  • Page 694 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To use VPN, the compressed package of VPN-related files should be uploaded to the IP phone in advance. The file format of the compressed package must be *.tar. The related VPN files are: certificates (ca.crt and client.crt), key (client.key) and the configuration file (vpn.cnf) of the VPN client.
  • Page 695 Configuring Advanced Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.vpn_enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables OpenVPN feature on the IP phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 696 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Upload to upload the TAR file. The web user interface prompts the message “Import config…”. In the VPN block, select the desired value from the pull-down list of Active. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 697 Configuring Advanced Features messages to a central voice quality report collector. Two mechanisms for voice quality monitoring are supported by Yealink IP phones: RTCP-XR  VQ-RTCPXR  The RTCP-XR mechanism, complaint with RFC 3611-RTP Control Extended Reports (RTCP XR), provides the metrics contained in RTCP-XR packets for monitoring the quality of calls.
  • Page 698 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Settings->Voice Monitoring->Voice RTCP-XR Report Note: For SIP VP-T49G and CP860 IP phones, you cannot configure this feature via web user interface. Phone User Interface: None phone_setting.rtcp_xr_report.enable...
  • Page 699 Configuring Advanced Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Voice RTCP-XR Report. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone. The VQ-RTCPXR mechanism, complaint with 6035, sends the service quality metric reports contained in SIP PUBLISH messages to the central report collector.
  • Page 700 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Users can check the voice quality data of the last call via web user interface or phone user options of the RTP status to be displayed on the interface. Users can also specify the phone user interface.
  • Page 701 Configuring Advanced Features Configure the phone to display RTP status showing the voice quality report of the last call or the current call on the phone user interface. Parameter: phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.states_show_on_ gui.enable Configure the options of the RTP status displayed on the phone user interface. Parameters: phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr_display_start_ti me.enable...
  • Page 702 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones account.X.vq_rtcpxr.collector_server_host account.X.vq_rtcpxr.collector_server_port Configure VQ-RTCPXR. Configure the phone to display RTP status showing the voice quality report of the last call on the web user interface. Configure the phone to display RTP status...
  • Page 703 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to send a session quality report to the central report collector at the end of each call. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Web User Interface: Settings->Voice Monitoring->VQ RTCP-XR Session Report Phone User Interface: None phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.interval_report.enable...
  • Page 704 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values Description: Configures the threshold value of listening MOS score (MOS-LQ) multiplied by 10. The threshold value of MOS-LQ causes the phone to send a warning alert quality report to the central report collector.
  • Page 705 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values phone is greater than or equal to 500, the phone will send a warning alert quality report to the central report collector; when the value of one way delay computed by the phone is less than 500, the phone will not send a warning alert quality report to the central report collector.
  • Page 706 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values None phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.states_show_on_gui.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the voice quality data of the last call or current call to be displayed on the LCD screen. You can view the voice quality data of the last call on the phone at the path Menu->Status->More->RTP (RTP Status).
  • Page 707 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values Web User Interface: Settings->Voice Monitoring->Report options on phone->Current Time Phone User Interface: None phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr_display_local_call_id.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the phone to display Local User on the LCD screen. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.states_show_on_gui.enable”...
  • Page 708 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values Description: Enables or disables the phone to display Local Codec on the LCD screen. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.states_show_on_gui.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled).
  • Page 709 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr_display_jitter_buffer_max.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the phone to display JitteBufferMax on the LCD screen. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.states_show_on_gui.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: Settings->Voice Monitoring->Report options on phone->JitteBufferMax Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 710 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values Phone User Interface: None phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr_display_round_trip_delay.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the phone to display RoundTripDelay on the LCD screen. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “phone_setting.vq_rtcpxr.states_show_on_gui.enable”...
  • Page 711 Configuring Advanced Features Permitted Parameters Default Values Settings->Voice Monitoring->Report options on phone->MOS-CQ Phone User Interface: None String within 32 account.X.vq_rtcpxr.collector_name Blank character Description: Configures the host name of the central report collector that accepts voice quality reports contained in SIP PUBLISH messages for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G)
  • Page 712 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values None Integer account.X.vq_rtcpxr.collector_server_port from 1 to 5060 65535 Description: Configures the port of the central report collector that accepts voice quality reports contained in SIP PUBLISH messages for account X.
  • Page 713 Configuring Advanced Features To configure interval report for VQ-RTCPXR via web user interface: Click on Settings->Voice Monitoring. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of VQ RTCP-XR Interval Report. Enter the desired value in the Period for Interval Report field. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 714 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the desired value in the Critical threshold for Delay field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure RTP status displayed on the web page via web user interface: Click on Settings->Voice Monitoring.
  • Page 715 Configuring Advanced Features The RTP status will appear on the web user interface at the path: Status->RTP Status. To configure RTP status displayed on the LCD screen via web user interface: Click on Settings->Voice Monitoring. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Display Report options on phone. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 716 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The selected list appears in the Enabled column. Repeat the step 2 to add more items to the Enabled column. To remove an item from the Enabled column, select the desired item and then...
  • Page 717 Configuring Advanced Features Enter the port of the central report collector in the VQ RTCP-XR Collector port field. Click Confirm to accept the change. Quality of Service (QoS) is the ability to provide different priorities for different packets in the network, allowing the transport of traffic with special requirements. QoS guarantees are important for applications that require fixed bit rate and are delay sensitive when the network capacity is insufficient.

  • Page 718: Voice Qos

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones simply based on the DiffServ class. The DSCP value ranges from 0 to 63 with each DSCP specifying a particular per-hop behavior (PHB) applicable to a packet. A PHB refers to the packet scheduling, queuing, policing, or shaping behavior of a node on any given packet.
  • Page 719 Configuring Advanced Features Procedure QoS can be configured using the configuration files or locally. SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T4 0P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23 G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Configure the DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets. Parameters: network.qos.rtptos Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg network.qos.signaltos For SIP VP-T49G: Configure the DSCPs for voice packets, SIP packets and video packets.
  • Page 720 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.qos.rtptos Integer from 0 to 63 Description: Configures the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) for voice packets. The default DSCP value for RTP packets is 46 (Expedited Forwarding).
  • Page 721 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default network.qos.videotos Integer from 0 to 63 Description: Configures the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) for video packets. The default DSCP value for H264 packets is 46 (Expedited Forwarding). Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 722 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click OK to reboot the phone. To configure DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets via web user interface (take SIP VP-T49G IP phones for example): Click on Network->Advanced. Enter the desired value in the Audio QoS (0~63) field.
  • Page 723 Configuring Advanced Features A firewall protects an organization’s IP network by controlling data traffic from outside the network. If your IP phone communicates with other devices through a firewall, you must configure your firewall to allow incoming and outgoing traffic to the IP phone through the reserved ports and the required ports.
  • Page 724 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Required ports for a SIP two-way call: Call Type Number of Required Ports Video 6 UDP ports Voice 2 UDP ports Each additional video participant requires 6 UDP ports. Each additional audio participant requires 2 UDP ports.
  • Page 725 Configuring Advanced Features Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default Integer from sip.min_udp_port 50000 1024 to 65535 Description: Configures the minimum UDP port. Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect. Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->UDP Port Scope Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 726 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the maximum TCP port. Note: The value of the maximum TCP port cannot be less than that of the minimum TCP port. If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 727 Configuring Advanced Features address and port combinations to private ones. This reduces the need for a large number of public IP addresses. NAT ensures security since each outgoing or incoming request must first go through a translation process. Symmetrical NAT In symmetrical NAT, the NAT router stores the address and port where the packet was sent.
  • Page 728 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones In the VoIP environment, NAT breaks end-to-end connectivity. NAT traversal is a general term for techniques that establish and maintain IP connections traversing NAT gateways, typically required for client-to-client networking applications, especially for VoIP deployments. STUN is one of the NAT traversal techniques supported by IP phones.
  • Page 729 Configuring Advanced Features If NAT is disabled, the port number shows in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages. If NAT is enabled, the phone uses the NAT port number (and NAT IP address) in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages, but still use the configured source port.
  • Page 730 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure local SIP port and TLS SIP port. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/ T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21( P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?p=settings-sip&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=settings-si p&q=load Configure NAT traversal on a per-line basis. Navigate to:...
  • Page 731 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect. Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->NAT->Active Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->NAT->NAT Status IP address or sip.nat_stun.server Blank...
  • Page 732 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->NAT->Port account.X.nat.nat_traversal 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the NAT traversal for account X. 0-Disabled 1-STUN X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 733 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None To configure NAT traversal and STUN server via web user interface: Click on Network->Advanced. In the NAT block, select the desired value from the pull-down list of Active. Enter the IP address or the domain name of the STUN server in the STUN Server field.
  • Page 734 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select STUN from the pull-down list of NAT. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure local SIP port and TLS SIP port via web user interface: Click on Settings->SIP. Enter the desired local SIP port in the Local SIP Port field.
  • Page 735 Configuring Advanced Features Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure NAT traversal and STUN server via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->NAT->NAT Status. Press , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the NAT Status field.
  • Page 736 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =account-adv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=account-adv&q =load&acc=0 Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.nat.udp_update_enable 0, 1, 2 or 3 Description: Configures the type of keep-alive packets sent by the IP phone to the NAT device to keep the communication port open so that NAT can continue to function for account X.
  • Page 737 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the keep-alive interval (in seconds) for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860)
  • Page 738 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Rport feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure NAT Rport feature for account. Configuration File <MAC>.cfg Parameters: account.X.nat.rport Configure NAT Rport feature for account. Navigate to:...
  • Page 739 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Account->Advanced->RPort Phone User Interface: None To configure Rport feature via web user interface: Click on Account->Advanced. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of RPort. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 740 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default Integer from 1 to network.port.max_rtpport 12780 65535 Description: Configures the maximum local RTP port. Note: The value of the maximum local RTP port cannot be less than that of the minimum local RTP port.
  • Page 741 Configuring Advanced Features In the Local RTP Port block, enter the max and min RTP port in the Max RTP Port(1~65535) and Min RTP Port(1~65535) field respectively. Click Confirm to accept the change. TR-069 is a technical specification defined by the Broadband Forum, which defines a mechanism that encompasses secure auto-configuration of a CPE (Customer-Premises Equipment), and incorporates other CPE management functions into a common framework.
  • Page 742 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones RPC Method Description supported by the CPE. This method is used to modify the value of one or SetParameterValues more CPE parameters. This method is used to obtain the value of one or GetParameterValues more CPE parameters.
  • Page 743 Configuring Advanced Features Procedure TR-069 can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure TR-069 feature. Parameters: managementserver.enable managementserver.username managementserver.password Configuration <y00000000 File 00xx>.cfg managementserver.url managementserver.connection_request_username managementserver.connection_request_password managementserver.periodic_inform_enable managementserver.periodic_inform_interval Configure TR-069 feature. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P /T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Local Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=settings-tr069&...
  • Page 744 Configures the access URL of the ACS (Auto Configuration Servers). Example: managementserver.url = http://officetelprov.orangero.net:8080/ftacs-digest/ACS Note: Yealink SIP VP-T49G IP phones also support obtaining the URL of the ACS by detecting DHCP option 43. For more information on DHCP option 43, refer to DHCP Option on page 73.
  • Page 745 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Settings->TR069->ACS URL Phone User Interface: None String within 128 managementserver.connection_request_username Blank characters Description: Configures the user name for the IP phone to authenticate the incoming connection requests. Example: managementserver.connection_request_username = accuser Web User Interface: Settings->TR069->Connection Request Username Phone User Interface:...
  • Page 746 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Settings->TR069->Enable Periodic Inform Phone User Interface: None Integer from 5 to managementserver.periodic_inform_interval 4294967295 Description: Configures the interval (in seconds) for the IP phone to report its configuration to the ACS (Auto Configuration Servers).
  • Page 747 IPv4 protocol. IPv6 is developed by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) to deal with the long-anticipated problem of IPv4 address exhaustion. Yealink IP Phone supports IPv4 addressing mode, IPv6 addressing mode, as well as an IPv4&IPv6 dual stack addressing mode.
  • Page 748 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones DNS server) for the IP phone can be statically configured by an administrator. Stateless Address Autoconfiguration (SLAAC)/ ICMPv6: SLAAC is one of the most  convenient methods to assign IP addresses to IPv6 nodes. SLAAC requires no manual configuration of the IP phone, minimal (if any) configuration of routers, and no additional servers.
  • Page 749 Configuring Advanced Features Procedure IPv6 can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the IPv6 address assignment method. Parameters: network.ip_address_mode network.ipv6_internet_port.type network.ipv6_internet_port.ip network.ipv6_prefix <MAC>.cfg network.ipv6_internet_port.gateway network.ipv6_icmp_v6.enable Configuration File Configure the IPv6 static DNS address. Parameters: network.ipv6_primary_dns network.ipv6_secondary_dns Configure the IPv6 static DNS. <y0000000000xx>.c Parameter: network.ipv6_static_dns_enable...
  • Page 750 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default network.ip_address_mode 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the IP address mode. 0-IPv4 1-IPv6 2-IPv4 & IPv6 Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 751 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default 1-On If it is set to 0 (Off), the IP phone will use the IPv6 DNS obtained from DHCP . If it is set to 1 (On), the IP phone will use manually configured static IPv6 DNS. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “network.ipv6_internet_port.type”...
  • Page 752 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Network->Basic->IPv6 Config->Static IP Address->IPv6 Prefix(0~128) Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port->IPv6->Static IPv6 Client->IPv6 IP Prefix network.ipv6_internet_port.gateway IPv6 address Blank Description: Configures the IPv6 default gateway.
  • Page 753 Configuring Advanced Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Pri.DNS network.ipv6_secondary_dns IPv6 address Blank Description: Configures the secondary IPv6 DNS server. Example: network.ipv6_secondary_dns = 2026:1234:1:1:c3c7:c11c:5447:23a6 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter "network.ip_address_mode" is set to 1 (IPv6) or 2 (IPv4 & IPv6). In DHCP environment, you also need to make sure the value of the parameter "network.ipv6_static_dns_enable"...
  • Page 754 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To configure IPv6 address assignment method via web user interface: Click on Network->Basic. Select the desired address mode (IPv6 or IPv4 & IPv6) from the pull-down list of Mode(IPv4/IPv6). In the IPv6 Config block, mark the DHCP or the Static IP Address radio box.
  • Page 755 Configuring Advanced Features (Optional.) If you mark the DHCP radio box, you can configure the static DNS address in the corresponding fields. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone.
  • Page 756 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones In the ICMPv6 Status block, select the desired value from the pull-down list of Active. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot.
  • Page 757 Configuring Advanced Features The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time.
  • Page 758 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones...
  • Page 759 Configuring Audio Features This chapter provides information for making configuration changes for the following audio features: Ring Tones  Distinctive Ring Tones  Tones  Voice Mail Tone  Headset Prior  Dual Headset  Sending Volume  Audio Codecs ...
  • Page 760 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter: phone_setting.ring_type Specify the access URL of the custom ring tone. Parameter: ringtone.url Delete all custom ring tone files. Parameter: ringtone.delete Configure a ring tone on a per-line basis. <MAC>.cfg Parameters: account.X.ringtone.ring_type...
  • Page 761 Configuring Audio Features For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/ser vlet?m=mod_data&p=accou nt-basic&q=load&acc=0 Configure a ring tone for the IP phone. Phone User Interface Configure a ring tone for the account. Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameters Permitted Values Default Refer to the following phone_setting.ring_type Ring1.wav content...
  • Page 762 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default parameter "phone_setting.ring_type". Permitted Values: Common, Ring1.wav, Ring2.wav, Ring3.wav, Ring4.wav, Ring5.wav, Ring6.wav, Ring7.wav, Ring8.wav, Silent.wav, Splash.wav or custom ring tone name (e.g., Customring.wav). X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G)
  • Page 763 Configuring Audio Features To upload a custom ring tone via web user interface: Click on Settings->Preference. In the Upload Ringtone field, click Browse to locate a ring tone file (the file format must be *.wav) from your local system. Click Upload to upload the file. The custom ring tone appears in the pull-down list of Ring Type.
  • Page 764 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired ring tone from the pull-down list of Ring Type. Click Confirm to accept the change. To select a ring tone for the phone via phone user interface: Press Menu->Settings->Basic Settings->Sound->Ring Tones->Common.
  • Page 765 Configuring Audio Features Alert-Info headers in the following four formats: Alert-Info: Bellcore-drN Alert-Info: ringtone-N (or Alert-Info: MyMelodyN) Alert-Info: <URL> Alert-Info: info=info text;x-line-id=0 1) Alert-Info: Bellcore-drN When the Alter-Info header contains the keyword “Bellcore-drN”, the IP phone will play the desired ring tone. The following table identifies the corresponding ring tone: Ring Tone Ring Tone...
  • Page 766 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following table identifies the different Bellcore ring tone patterns and cadences (These ring tones are designed for the BroadWorks server). Minimum Nominal Maximum Pattern Cade Bellcore Tone Pattern Duration Duration...
  • Page 767 Configuring Audio Features Alert-Info: <http://10.1.0.31>;info=ringtone-2 Alert-Info: <http://127.0.0.1/ringtone-2> Alert-Info: MyMelody2 Alert-Info: MyMelody2;x-line-id=1 Alert-Info: <http://10.1.0.31>;x-line-id=0;info=MyMelody2 The following table identifies the corresponding local ring tone: Value of N Ring Tone Ring1.wav Ring2.wav Ring3.wav Ring4.wav Ring5.wav Ring6.wav Ring7.wav Ring8.wav Silent.wav Splash.wav N<1 or N>10 Ring1.wav 3) Alert-Info: <URL>...

  • Page 768: Auto Answer

    Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones the ring tone associated with the Internal Ringer Text (the ring tone can be configured by the parameter “distinctive_ring_tones.alert_info.X.ringer”). If no internal ringer text maps, the IP phone will play the preconfigured local ring tone in about 10 seconds.
  • Page 769 Configuring Audio Features Configure distinctive ring tones. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=account-a dv&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=account-a dv&q=load&acc=0 Local Web User Interface Configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=settings-ri...
  • Page 770 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2)
  • Page 771 Configuring Audio Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the desired ring tones for each internal ringer text. The value ranges from 1 to 10, the digit stands for the appropriate ring tone. 1-Ring1.wav 2-Ring2.wav 3-Ring3.wav 4-Ring4.wav 5-Ring5.wav 6-Ring6.wav 7-Ring7.wav 8-Ring8.wav 9-Silent.wav 10-Splash.wav...
  • Page 772 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Distinctive Ring Tones. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file via web user interface: Click on Settings->Ring.
  • Page 773 Configuring Audio Features tones or select specialized tone sets (vary from country to country) to indicate different conditions of the IP phone. The default tones used on IP phones are the US tone sets. Available tone sets for IP phones: Australia ...
  • Page 774 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Condition Description Busy When the callee is busy Congestion When the network is congested Call waiting tone (For more information on call Call Waiting waiting, refer to Call Waiting) Dial Recall...
  • Page 775 Configuring Audio Features SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?p=settings-tones&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=settings-to nes&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default voice.tone.country Refer to the following content Custom Description: Configures the country tone for the IP phone. Permitted Values: Custom, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Belgium, Chile, China, Czech, Czech ETSI, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Hungary, Lithuania,...
  • Page 776 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default A tone is comprised of at most two different frequencies. For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T29G/T27P/T27G/CP860: A tone is comprised of at most four different frequencies. Duration: the duration (in milliseconds) of the dial tone, ranges from 0 to 30000ms.
  • Page 777 Configuring Audio Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None voice.tone.congestion String Blank Description: Customizes the tone when the network is congested. The value format is Freq/Duration. For more information on the value format, refer to the parameter “voice.tone.dial”. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “voice.tone.country”...
  • Page 778 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Settings->Tones->Dial Recall Phone User Interface: None voice.tone.info String Blank Description: Customizes the info tone. The phone will play the info tone with the special information, for example, the number you are calling is not in service.
  • Page 779 Configuring Audio Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Custom. Web User Interface: Settings->Tones->Message Phone User Interface: None voice.tone.autoanswer String Blank Description: Customizes the warning tone for auto answer. The value format is Freq/Duration. For more information on the value format, refer to the parameter “voice.tone.dial”.
  • Page 780 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Voice mail tone feature allows the IP phone to play a warning tone when receiving a new voice mail. You can customize the warning tone or select specialized tone sets (vary from country to country) for your IP phone. For more information, refer to Tones page 750.
  • Page 781 Configuring Audio Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Features->General Information->Voice Mail Tone Phone User Interface: None To configure voice mail tone via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Voice Mail Tone. Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 782 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure headset prior. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40 P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/ T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/ser vlet?p=features-general&q= load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/ser vlet?m=mod_data&p=featur es-general&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default features.headset_prior...
  • Page 783 Configuring Audio Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Headset Prior. Click Confirm to accept the change. Dual headset allows users to use two headsets on one IP phone. To use this feature, users need to physically connect two headsets to the headset and handset jacks respectively.
  • Page 784 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones =load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/se rvlet?m=mod_data&p=feat ures-general&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default features.headset_training 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables dual headset feature. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 1 (Enabled), users can use two headsets on one phone. When the IP...
  • Page 785 Configuring Audio Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Dual-Headset. Click Confirm to accept the change. Sending volume allows user to adjust the sending volume of currently engaged audio devices (handset, speakerphone or headset) when the phone is in use. Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones.
  • Page 786 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure the sending volume of the speaker/handset/headset. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40 P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G /T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/se rvlet?p=features-audio&q=l For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/se rvlet?m=mod_data&p=feat ures-audio&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter:...
  • Page 787 Configuring Audio Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Features->Audio->Handset Send Volume (-50~50) Phone User Interface: None voice.headset_send Integer from -50 to 50 Description: Configures the sending volume of the headset. Note: It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones. We recommend that you modify this parameter cautiously.
  • Page 788 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones CODEC is an abbreviation of COmpress-DECompress, capable of coding or decoding a digital data stream or signal by implementing an algorithm. The object of the algorithm is to represent the high-fidelity audio signal with minimum number of bits while retaining the quality.
  • Page 789 Configuring Audio Features Sample Packetization Codec Algorithm Reference Bit Rate Rate Time 20ms PCMU G.711 RFC 3551 64 Kbps 8 Ksps u-law 20ms G729 G.729 RFC 3551 8 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G726-16 G.726 RFC 3551 16 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G726-24 G.726...
  • Page 790 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Codec Configuration Priority RTPmap Methods Configuration Files G729 Web User Interface Configuration Files G723_53 Web User Interface Configuration Files G723_63 Web User Interface Configuration Files G723 Web User Interface Configuration Files...
  • Page 791 Configuring Audio Features Codec Configuration Priority RTPmap Methods Configuration Files PCMU Web User Interface Configuration Files PCMA Web User Interface Configuration Files G729 Web User Interface Configuration Files G726-40 Web User Interface Configuration Files G726-32 Web User Interface Configuration Files G726-24 Web User Interface Configuration Files...
  • Page 792 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure the ptime. Parameter: account.X.ptime Configure the codecs to use on a per-line basis. Configure the priority for the enabled codec. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? p=account-codec&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?
  • Page 793 Configuring Audio Features Permitted Parameters Default Values 0-Disabled 1-Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860) Y ranges from 1 to 15 (for SIP VP-T49G)
  • Page 794 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=6, the default value is 1; When Y=7, the default value is 0; When Y=8, the default value is 0; When Y=9, the default value is 0;...
  • Page 795 Configuring Audio Features Permitted Parameters Default Values Refer to the account.X.codec.Y.payload_type Refer to the following following content (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 15) content Description: Configures the codec for account X. X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G)
  • Page 796 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=12, the default value is G7221 (it represents the codec G722.1c(48kb/s)); When Y=13, the default value is G7221 (it represents the codec G722.1c(32kb/s)); When Y=14, the default value is G7221 (it represents the codec G722.1c(24kb/s));...
  • Page 797 Configuring Audio Features Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=8, the default value is G726-32; When Y=9, the default value is G726-40; Example: account.1.codec.1.payload_type = PCMU Web User Interface: Account->Codec->Audio Codec Phone User Interface: None account.X.codec.Y.priority Integer from 0 Refer to the to 14 following content (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 15)
  • Page 798 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=12, the default value is 0; When Y=13, the default value is 1; When Y=14, the default value is 2; When Y=15, the default value is 3;...
  • Page 799 Configuring Audio Features Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=8, the default value is 0; When Y=9, the default value is 0; Example: account.1.codec.1.priority = 2 Note: For SIP VP-T49G IP phones, numerical value 0 is defined as the highest priority in the enable codec list and disable codec list.
  • Page 800 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=8, the default value is 104; When Y=9, the default value is 102; When Y=10, the default value is 105; When Y=11, the default value is 107;...
  • Page 801 Configuring Audio Features Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=4, the default value is 9; When Y=5, the default value is 106; When Y=6, the default value is 103; When Y=7, the default value is 104; When Y=8, the default value is 102; When Y=9, the default value is 105;...
  • Page 802 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Permitted Parameters Default Values None To configure the codecs to use and adjust the priority of the enabled codecs on a per-line basis via web user interface: Click on Account->Codec. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
  • Page 803 Configuring Audio Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of PTime(ms). Click Confirm to accept the change. Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC) is used to reduce acoustic echo from a voice call to provide natural full-duplex communication patterns. It also increases the capacity achieved through silence suppression by preventing echo from traveling across a network.
  • Page 804 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones voice.echo_cancellation Configure AEC. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/ T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23 P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/ servlet?p=settings-voice& q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/ servlet?m=mod_data&p =settings-voice&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default voice.echo_cancellation...
  • Page 805 Configuring Audio Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of ECHO. Click Confirm to accept the change. Background noise suppression (BNS) is designed primarily for hands-free operation and reduces background noise to enhance communication in noisy environments. Automatic Gain Control (AGC) is applicable to hands-free operation and is used to keep audio output at nearly a constant level by adjusting the gain of signals in certain circumstances.
  • Page 806 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure VAD. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/ T40P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23 P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/ servlet?p=settings-voice& q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/ servlet?m=mod_data&p =settings-voice&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default voice.vad...
  • Page 807 Configuring Audio Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of VAD. Click Confirm to accept the change. Comfort Noise Generation (CNG) is used to generate background noise for voice communications during periods of silence in a conversation. It is a part of the silence suppression or VAD handling for VoIP technology.
  • Page 808 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter: voice.cng Configure CNG. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40 P/T29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/ T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/ser vlet?p=settings-voice&q=loa For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/ser vlet?m=mod_data&p=settin gs-voice&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default voice.cng...
  • Page 809 Configuring Audio Features Select the desired value from the pull-down list of CNG. Click Confirm to accept the change. Jitter buffer is a shared data area where voice packets can be collected, stored, and sent to the voice processor in even intervals. Jitter is a term indicating variations in packet arrival time, which can occur because of network congestion, timing drift or route changes.
  • Page 810 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p =settings-voice&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=settings-voice&q =load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default voice.jib.adaptive 0 or 1 Description: Configures the type of jitter buffer.
  • Page 811 Configuring Audio Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “voice.jib.adaptive” is set to 1 (Adaptive). Web User Interface: Settings->Voice->JITTER BUFFER->Max Delay Phone User Interface: None voice.jib.normal Integer from 0 to 400 Description: Configures the normal delay time (in milliseconds) of jitter buffer.
  • Page 812 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 813 Configuring Video Features The SIP VP-T49G IP phones support transmission and reception of high quality video images. The video is compatible with RFC 3984 - RTP Payload Format for H.264 Video, RFC 4629 - RTP Payload Format for ITU-T Rec. H.263 Video. This section provides information for making configuration changes for the following video-related features: Video Settings...
  • Page 814 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Glossary Description resulting in blur trails. A 3D filter goes one step farther and effectively reduces the noise in static images and images with movement. Effectively compensates the camera when shooting in a Compensation backlight environment.
  • Page 815 Configuring Video Features ?m=mod_data&p=settings-cam era&q=load Configure the video settings. Phone User Interface Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameters Permitted Values Default video.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the video call feature for the IP phone. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), video is not sent in outgoing calls and not received in incoming calls.
  • Page 816 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Menu->Basic->Video Setting->Auto Start Video video.auto_answer_video_mute.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables auto answer video mute feature. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 0 (Disabled), video transmission from the near site starts when an incoming call is automatically answered.
  • Page 817 Default Description: Configures the white balance mode of the camera. 0-Auto-Yealink recommends this setting for most situations. It calculates the best white balance setting based on lighting conditions in the room. 5-Manual-Manual set red and blue gain. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “camera.scene_mode” is set to 0 (Manual).
  • Page 818 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the sharpness of the camera. Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “camera.scene_mode” is set to 0 (Manual). It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones.
  • Page 819 Configuring Video Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Settings->Camera->Saturation Phone User Interface: Menu->Basic->Camera Setting->Saturation camera.nr2d_level Integer from 0 to 100 Description: Specifies the noise reduction (2D) mode. 0-Off 1-32-Low 33-65-Middle 66-100-Hight Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “camera.scene_mode” is set to 0 (Manual).
  • Page 820 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the value of camera flicker frequency (Hz). 50-50Hz 60-60Hz Note: Indoor lights powered by a 50Hz or 60Hz power source can produce a flicker. You can adjust the camera flicker frequency according to the power source the light is powered by.
  • Page 821 Configuring Video Features 5) Enter the desired value in the Saturation field. 6) Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Noise Reduction(2D). 7) Click Reset to default to reset the manual settings. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Exposure Compensation. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Flicker.
  • Page 822 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Tap the Save soft key to accept the change. To active the call video feature and configure the auto video feature via web user interface: Click on Settings->Video. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Video Active.
  • Page 823 Configuring Video Features RTPmap Codecs and priorities of these codecs are configurable on a per-line basis. The attribute “rtpmap” is used to define a mapping from RTP payload codes to a codec, clock rate and other encoding parameters. The following table lists the video codecs supported by SIP VP-T49G phone model: Name MIME Type Bit Rate...
  • Page 824 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Details of Configuration Parameters: Permitted Parameters Default Values account.X.video.Y.enable 0 or 1 (X ranges from 1 to 16, Y ranges from 1 to 4) Description: Enables or disables the specified video codec for account X.
  • Page 825 Configuring Video Features Permitted Parameters Default Values When Y=2, the default value is H264; When Y=3, the default value is H264; When Y=4, the default value is H263; Note: It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Web User Interface: Account->Codec->Video Codec Phone User Interface: None...
  • Page 826 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones To adjust the priority of codecs, select the desired codec and then click Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 827 Configuring Security Features This chapter provides information for making configuration changes for the following security-related features: User Password  Administrator Password  Auto-Logout Time  Phone Lock  Transport Layer Security  Secure Real-Time Transport Protocol  Encrypting Configuration Files ...
  • Page 828 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones ?p=security&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=security&q=l Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default security.user_password String within 32 characters user Description: Configures the password of the user for phone’s web user interface access.
  • Page 829 Configuring Security Features Click Confirm to accept the change. Note If logging into the web user interface of the phone with the user credential, you need to enter the old user password in the Old Password field. Advanced menu options are strictly used by administrators. Users can configure them only if they have administrator privileges.
  • Page 830 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the password of the administrator for phone’s web user interface access. The IP phone uses “admin” as the default administrator password. Example: security.user_password = admin:123 means setting the password of administrator (current user name is “admin”) to password 123.
  • Page 831 Configuring Security Features Auto-logout time defines a specific period of time during which the IP phones will automatically log out if you have not performed any actions via web user interface. Once logging out, you must re-enter username and password for web access authentication.
  • Page 832 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Features->General Information->Auto-Logout Time(1~1000min) Phone User Interface: None To configure the auto-logout time via web user interface: Click on Features->General Information. Enter the desired auto-logout time in Auto-Logout Time(1~1000min) field.
  • Page 833 Configuring Security Features Procedure Phone lock can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the phone lock type. Parameters: phone_setting.phone_lock.enable phone_setting.phone_lock.lock_key_type Change the unlock PIN. Parameter: phone_setting.phone_lock.unlock_pin Configure the IP phone to automatically lock the phone after a time interval. Configuration <y0000000000xx>.c Parameter:...
  • Page 834 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Assign a phone lock key. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/T 27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=dsske y&q=load&model=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=mod _data&p=dsskey&q=load Configure the phone lock type. Change the unlock PIN. Phone User Configure the IP phone to automatically Interface lock the phone after a time interval.
  • Page 835 Configuring Security Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: It is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G and SIP-T48G IP phones. It works only if the value of the parameter “phone_setting.phone_lock.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled). Web User Interface: Features->Phone Lock->Phone Lock Type Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Phone Lock->Lock Type...
  • Page 836 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default (Enabled) and “phone_setting.phone_lock.lock_key_type” is set to 0 (All Keys), you can only allow to dial emergency numbers configured by “phone_setting.emergency.number”. For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G: If the value of the parameter “phone_setting.phone_lock.enable” is set to 1 (Enabled), you can only allow to dial emergency numbers configured by “phone_setting.emergency.number”.
  • Page 837 Configuring Security Features All Keys Function Keys Menu key CP860 IP phones. HEADSET and Speakerphone key are not applicable to CP860 IP phones. Off-hook key and on-hook key are only applicable to CP860 IP phones. OK/√ and X keys are not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones.
  • Page 838 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones All Keys Function Keys Menu key on-hook key are only applicable to CP860 IP phones. OK/√ and X keys are not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Phone Lock Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key, refer to...
  • Page 839 Configuring Security Features Parameter Permitted Values Default Example: linekey.1.type = 50 Default: For line keys: For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-29 is 0. For SIP-T46G/T29G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-27 is 0.
  • Page 840 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default When X=6, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=7, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status).
  • Page 841 Configuring Security Features Parameter Permitted Values Default For SIP-T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2 IP phones: When X=1, the default value is 28 (History). When X=2, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=3, the default value is 5 (DND). When X=4, the default value is 30 (Menu). When X=5, the default value is 28 (History).
  • Page 842 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: Menu->Features->DSS Keys->Line Keys X->Type linekey.X.label/ String within 99 programablekey.X.label/ Blank characters expansion_module.X.key.Y.label Description: (Optional.) Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key.
  • Page 843 Configuring Security Features Enter the desired time in the Phone Lock Time Out (0~3600s) field. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure a phone lock key via web user interface: Click on DSSKey->Line Key (or Programable Key). In the desired DSS key field, select Phone Lock from the pull-down list of Type. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
  • Page 844 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Enter the new unlock PIN again in the Confirm PIN field. Press the Save soft key to accept the change. To configure a phone lock key via phone user interface: Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
  • Page 845 Configuring Security Features EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA  EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA  DES-CBC3-SHA  DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA  DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA  AES128-SHA  IDEA-CBC-SHA  DHE-DSS-RC4-SHA  RC4-SHA  RC4-MD5  EXP1024-DHE-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA  EXP1024-DES-CBC-SHA  EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA  EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA  DES-CBC-SHA  EXP1024-DHE-DSS-RC4-SHA  EXP1024-RC4-SHA  EXP1024-RC4-MD5  EXP-EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA ...
  • Page 846 A unique server certificate: It is unique to an IP phone (based on the MAC address) and issued by the Yealink Certificate Authority (CA). A generic server certificate: It issued by the Yealink Certificate Authority (CA). Only if no unique certificate exists, the IP phone may send a generic certificate for authentication.
  • Page 847 Configuring Security Features Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally. Configure TLS on a per-line basis. <MAC>.cfg Parameter: account.X.sip_server.Y.transport_type Configure trusted certificates feature. Parameters: security.trust_certificates security.ca_cert security.cn_validation Configure server certificates feature. Parameters: security.dev_cert Upload the trusted certificates. Parameter: trusted_certificates.url Configuration...
  • Page 848 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p= account-register&q=load&acc=0 For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=account-register&q =load&acc=0 Configure trusted certificates feature. Upload the trusted certificates. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/ T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p= trusted-cert&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=trusted-cert&q=load Configure server certificates feature.
  • Page 849 Configuring Security Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Configures the type of transport protocol for account X. 0-UDP 1-TCP 2-TLS 3-DNS-NAPTR X ranges from 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) X ranges from 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) X ranges from 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) X ranges from 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) X ranges from 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) X is equal to 1 (for SIP-T19(P) E2/CP860)
  • Page 850 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Description: Configures the type of certificates in the Trusted Certificates list for the IP phone to authenticate for TLS connection. 0-Default Certificates 1-Custom Certificates 2-All Certificates Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 851 Configuring Security Features Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Security->Server Certificates->Device Certificates Phone User Interface: None URL within 511 trusted_certificates.url Blank characters Description: Configures the access URL of the custom trusted certificate used to authenticate the connecting server. Example: trusted_certificates.url = http://192.168.1.20/tc.crt Note: The certificate you want to upload must be in *.pem, *.crt, *.cer or *.der format.
  • Page 852 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Note: The certificate you want to upload must be in *.pem or *.cer format. Web User Interface: Security->Server Certificates->Load server cer file Phone User Interface: None server_certificates.delete...
  • Page 853 Configuring Security Features Select TLS from the pull-down list of Transport. Click Confirm to accept the change. To configure the trusted certificates via web user interface: Click on Security->Trusted Certificates. Select the desired values from the pull-down lists of Only Accept Trusted Certificates, Common Name Validation and CA Certificates.
  • Page 854 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Browse to select the certificate (*.pem, *.crt, *.cer or *.der) from your local system. Click Upload to upload the certificate. To configure the server certificates via web user interface: Click on Security->Server Certificates.
  • Page 855 Configuring Security Features Click Browse to select the certificate (*.pem and *.cer) from your local system. Click Upload to upload the certificate. A dialog box pops up to prompt “Success: The Server Certificate has been loaded! Rebooting, please wait…”. Secure Real-Time Transport Protocol (SRTP) encrypts the RTP during VoIP phone calls to avoid interception and eavesdropping.
  • Page 856 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones a=sendrecv The callee receives the INVITE message with the RTP encryption algorithm, and then answers the call by responding with a 200 OK message which carries the negotiated RTP encryption algorithm.
  • Page 857 Configuring Security Features et?m=mod_data&p=account-a dv&q=load&acc=0 Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameters Permitted Values Default account.X.srtp_encryption 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures whether to use voice encryption service for account X. 0-Disabled 1-Optional 2-Compulsory If it is set to 1 (Optional), the IP phone will negotiate with the other IP phone what type of encryption to utilize for the session.
  • Page 858 This tool generates another new file named as Aeskey.txt to store the plaintext 16-character symmetric keys for each configuration file. For a Microsoft Windows platform, you can use a Yealink-supplied encryption tool "Config_Encrypt_Tool.exe" to encrypt the <y0000000000xx>.cfg and <MAC>.cfg files respectively.

  • Page 859: Procedure To Encrypt Configuration Files

    Configuring Security Features <y0000000000xx_Security>.enc and/or <MAC_Security>.enc files to the root directory of the provisioning server. During auto provisioning, the IP phone requests to download <y0000000000xx>.cfg file first. If the downloaded configuration file is encrypted, the IP phone will request to download <y0000000000xx_Security>.enc file (if enabled) and decrypt it into the plaintext key (e.g., key2) using the built-in key (e.g., key1).
  • Page 860 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones If you mark the Manual radio box, you can enter an AES key in the AES KEY field or click Re-Generate to generate an AES key in the AES KEY field. The configuration file(s) will be encrypted using the AES key in the AES KEY field.
  • Page 861 Configuring Security Features Parameter: auto_provision.aes_key_in_file Configure AES keys. Parameters: auto_provision.aes_key_16.com auto_provision.aes_key_16.mac Configure AES keys. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29 G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p Local =settings-autop&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet? m=mod_data&p=settings-autop& q=load Phone User Interface Configure AES keys. Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default...
  • Page 862 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default None Phone User Interface: None auto_provision.aes_key_16.com 16 characters Blank Description: Configures the plaintext AES key for decrypting the Common CFG file. The valid characters contain: 0 ~ 9, A ~ Z, a ~ z and the following special characters are also supported: # $ % * + , - .
  • Page 863 Configuring Security Features AES keys must be 16 characters and the supported characters contain: 0-9, A-Z, a-z and the following special characters are also supported: # $ % * + , - . : = ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~.
  • Page 864 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Yealink 802.1X Authentication For more information on 802.1X authentication, refer to Procedure 802.1X authentication can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the 802.1X authentication. Parameters: network.802_1x.mode Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg...
  • Page 865 Configuring Security Features Parameters Permitted Values Default 3-EAP-PEAP/MSCHAPv2 4-EAP-TTLS/EAP-MSCHAPv2 5-EAP-PEAP/GTC 6-EAP-TTLS/EAP-GTC 7-EAP-FAST Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect. Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->802.1x->802.1x Mode Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->802.1x Settings->802.1x Mode network.802_1x.identity String within 32 characters...
  • Page 866 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Web User Interface: Network->Advanced->802.1x->MD5 Password Phone User Interface: Menu->Settings->Advanced Settings (default password: admin) ->Network->802.1x Settings->MD5 Password network.802_1x.root_cert_url URL within 511 characters Blank Description: Configures the access URL of the CA certificate Example: network.802_1x.root_cert_url = http://192.168.1.10/ca.pem...
  • Page 867 Configuring Security Features 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field. b) If you select EAP-TLS: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Leave the MD5 Password field blank.
  • Page 868 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 5) Click Upload to upload the certificates. c) If you select EAP-PEAP/MSCHAPv2: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field.
  • Page 869 Configuring Security Features 4) Click Upload to upload the certificate. d) If you select EAP-TTLS/EAP-MSCHAPv2: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field. 3) In the CA Certificates field, click Browse to select the desired CA certificate (*.pem, *.crt, *.cer or *.der) from your local system.
  • Page 870 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 4) Click Upload to upload the certificate. e) If you select EAP-PEAP/GTC: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field.
  • Page 871 Configuring Security Features 3) In the CA Certificates field, click Browse to select the desired CA certificate (*.pem, *.crt, *.cer or *.der) from your local system. 4) Click Upload to upload the certificate. f) If you select EAP-TTLS/EAP-GTC: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field.
  • Page 872 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 3) In the CA Certificates field, click Browse to select the desired CA certificate (*.pem, *.crt, *.cer or *.der) from your local system. 4) Click Upload to upload the certificate. g) If you select EAP-FAST: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field.
  • Page 873 Configuring Security Features 3) In the CA Certificates field, click Browse to select the desired CA certificate (*.pem, *.crt, *.cer or *.der) from your local system. 4) Click Upload to upload the certificate. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot. Click OK to reboot the phone.
  • Page 874 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field. 2) Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field. e) If you select EAP-PEAP/GTC: 1) Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field.
  • Page 875 Troubleshooting This chapter provides an administrator with general information for troubleshooting some common problems that he (or she) may encounter while using IP phones. IP phones can provide feedback in a variety of forms such as log files, packets, status indicators and so on, which can help an administrator more easily find the system problem and fix it.
  • Page 876 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 3: error conditions 4: warning conditions 5: normal but significant condition 6: informational syslog.mode – Specify the system log to be exported to the provisioning server,  syslog server or local system.
  • Page 877 Troubleshooting For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=settings-config&q=l Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default syslog.log_level Integer from 0 to 6 Description: Configures the detail level of syslog information to be exported. 0-system is unusable 1-action must be taken immediately 2-critical condition 3-error conditions 4-warning conditions 5-normal but significant condition...
  • Page 878 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired level from the pull-down list of System Log Level. Click Confirm to accept the change. The system log level is set as 6, the informational level. Note Informational level may make some sensitive information accessible (e.g., password...
  • Page 879 Troubleshooting For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m =mod_data&p=settings-config&q=l Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default syslog.mode 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the IP phone to export log files to the local system, syslog server or an FTP/TFTP Server (provisioning server). 0-Local 1-Server 2-FTP/TFTP Server...
  • Page 880 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Export to open file download window, and then save the file to your local system. A log file named syslog.tar is successfully exported to your local system. To view the log file on your local system: Extract the combined log files to your local system.
  • Page 881 Troubleshooting Configure the syslog mode. Parameters: syslog.mode Configure the IP address or domain Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg name of the syslog server where to export the log files. Parameters: syslog.server Configure the syslog mode. Configure the IP address or domain name of the syslog server where to export the log files.
  • Page 882 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default Settings->Configuration->Export System Log Phone User Interface: None IP address or syslog.server Blank domain name Description: Configures the IP address or domain name of the syslog server when exporting log to the syslog server.
  • Page 883 Troubleshooting For example, the IP address of your syslog server is 192.168.1.100. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt “Warning: Some settings you changed take effect when you restart your machine! Do you want to reboot now?”. The configuration will take effect after a reboot.
  • Page 884 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following figure shows a portion of the system log: Procedure Log setting can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure the syslog mode. Parameters: syslog.mode Configure the period of the log upload (in seconds) to the provisioning server.
  • Page 885 Troubleshooting Configure the phone to stop log upload or delete the old log when the log on the provisioning server reaches the max size. Parameters: syslog.ftp.append_limit_mode Configure the waiting time before the phone uploads the log file to the provisioning server. Parameters: syslog.bootlog_upload_wait_time Configure the access URL of the...
  • Page 886 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configure the syslog mode. Configure the period of the log upload (in seconds) to the provisioning server. Configure whether the log files on the provisioning server are overwritten or appended. Configure the maximum size of the log files on the provisioning server.
  • Page 887 Troubleshooting Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default syslog.mode 0, 1 or 2 Description: Configures the IP phone to export log files to the local system, syslog server or an FTP/TFTP Server (provisioning server). 0-Local 1-Server 2-FTP/TFTP Server Note: If you change this parameter, the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect.
  • Page 888 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default 2-Post Stor (not applicable to TFTP Server) If it is set to 1 (Post Append), the log files on the provisioning server are appended. If it is set to 2 (Post Stor), the log files on the provisioning server are overwritten.
  • Page 889 Troubleshooting Parameters Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface: None Integer from 1 to syslog.bootlog_upload_wait_time 86400 Description: Configures the waiting time (in seconds) before the phone uploads the log file to the provisioning server. Example: syslog.bootlog_upload_wait_time = 121 Note: It works only if the value of the parameter “syslog.mode” is set to 2 (FTP/TFTP Server).
  • Page 890 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones For example, if the IP address TFTP server is 192.168.1.100, then the URL “tftp://192.168.1.100/” is where the IP phone exports the system log. For more Yealink_SIP-T2_Series_T19(P) information on TFTP server, refer to E2_T4_Series_CP860_IP_Phones_Auto_Provisioning_Guide Click Confirm to accept the change.
  • Page 891 Troubleshooting Select the desired limit mode from the pull-down list of Append Limit Mode. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt “Warning: Some settings you changed take effect when you restart your machine! Do you want to reboot now?”. The configuration will take effect after a reboot.
  • Page 892 Ethernet software. You can analyze the packet captured for troubleshooting purpose. For Yealink IP phones, you can export the packets file to the local system and analyze it. If you capture the packets for SIP VP-T49G IP phones, you can configure the maximum size and the filter type of the packets.
  • Page 893 Troubleshooting Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default packet_capture.max_file_counts Integer from 1 to 100 Description: Configures the count of the number of packets to capture. Note: It is only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. Web User Interface: Settings->Configuration->Packet Capture Count Phone User Interface: None...
  • Page 894 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameter Permitted Values Default Customizes the packet filter string. If it is left blank, the IP phone will not automatically filter any string when capturing packets. Syntax: Protocol+Direction+Host(s)+ Value +Logical Operations+Other Expression Protocol: Values: ether, fddi, ip, arp, rarp, decnet, lat, sca, moprc, mopdl, tcp and udp.
  • Page 895 Troubleshooting Parameter Permitted Values Default None To capture packets via web user interface (take SIP-T23G IP phones for example): Click on Settings->Configuration. Click Start to start capturing signal traffic. Reproduce the issue to get stack traces. Click Stop to stop capturing. Click Export to open the file download window, and then save the file to your local system.
  • Page 896 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Click Export to open the file download window, and then save the file to your local system. Receiving data packets from the HUB Connect the Internet port of the IP phone and the PC to the same HUB, and then use Sniffer, Ethereal or Wireshark software to capture the signal traffic.
  • Page 897 Troubleshooting ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress/servlet ?p=network-adv&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servl et?m=mod_data&p=network-a dv&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter: Parameter Permitted Values Default network.span_to_pc_port 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the IP phone to span data packets received from the WAN (Internet) port to the PC (LAN) port.
  • Page 898 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Span to PC Port. Click Confirm to accept the change. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot.
  • Page 899 Troubleshooting Procedure Watch Dog can be configured using the configuration files or locally. Configure Watch Dog feature. Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameter: watch_dog.enable Configure Watch Dog feature. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T 29G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P ) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servle t?p=settings-preference&q=loa For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servle t?m=mod_data&p=settings-pre ference&q=load...
  • Page 900 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Select the desired value from the pull-down list of WatchDog. Click Confirm to accept the change. Status indicators may consist of the power LED, MESSAGE key LED, line key indicator, headset key indicator and the on-screen icon.
  • Page 901 Configuration Files on page 48. The config.bin file is an encrypted file. For more information on config.bin file, contact your Yealink reseller. Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally. Specify the access URL for the custom configuration files.
  • Page 902 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones configuration.url Export or import the custom configuration files. Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T2 9G/T27P/T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: Local Web User Interface http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?p=settings-config&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet ?m=mod_data&p=settings-confi g&q=load Details of the Configuration Parameter:...
  • Page 903 Troubleshooting In the Export or Import Configuration block, click Export to open the file download window, and then save the file to your local system. To import a BIN configuration file via web user interface: Click on Settings->Configuration. In the Export or Import Configuration block, click Browse to locate a BIN configuration file from your local system.
  • Page 904 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones interface. To export CFG configuration files via web user interface: Click on Settings->Configuration. Select Local Configuration or All Configuration from the pull-down list of Export CFG Configuration File. Click Export to open file download window, and then save the file to your local system.
  • Page 905 Troubleshooting Click Import to import the configuration file. Yealink IP phones support three types of diagnostic files (including Pcap trace, log files and BIN configuration files) to help analyze your problem. You can export these files at a time and troubleshoot if necessary. The file format of exported diagnostic file is *.tar.
  • Page 906 BIN Configuration Files on page 879. This section describes solutions to common issues that may occur while using the IP phone. Upon encountering a scenario not listed in this section, contact your Yealink reseller for further support. ’ Do one of the following:...
  • Page 907 PC to access the web user interface. Scenario 2: Yealink IP phones support using FTP , TFTP , HTTP and HTTPS protocols to download configuration files or resource files. You can use one of these protocols for provisioning.
  • Page 908 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones “ ” The LCD screen prompts “No Service” message when there is no available SIP account on the IP phone. Do one of the following: Ensure that an account is actively registered on the IP phone at the path ...
  • Page 909 Troubleshooting Noisy equipment, such as a computer or a fan, may cause voice interference. Turn  off any noisy equipment. Line issues can also cause this problem; disconnect the old line and redial the call  to ensure another line may provide better connection. If the caller and receiver cannot hear anything - there is no sound at all when the other party picks up the call, the possible reason could be: the phone cannot send the real-time transport protocol (RTP) streams, in which audio data is transmitted, to the...
  • Page 910 Verify whether the distance between IP phone and the wireless router is too far.  ’ Try to delete the registration information of the Bluetooth device on both IP phone and Bluetooth device, and then pair and connect it again. Contact Yealink field application engineer and your Bluetooth device manufacturer for more information.
  • Page 911 Troubleshooting ’ Do one of the following: Ensure that the target firmware is not the same as the current firmware.  Ensure that the target firmware is applicable to the IP phone model.  Ensure that the current or the target firmware is not protected. ...
  • Page 912 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Item Description 45: SIP-T27P  Pending: SIP-T27G  44: SIP-T23P/G  52: SIP-T21(P) E2  53: SIP-T19(P) E2  37: CP860  Firmware generation. Note: The larger it is, the newer the firmware generation is.
  • Page 913 Troubleshooting able to download the CFG files from the provisioning server. PnP depends on support from a SIP server. ’ Do one of the following: Ensure that the FTP/TFTP server is downloaded and installed on your local system.  Ensure that you have configured the FTP/TFTP server address correctly via web user ...
  • Page 914 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones configurations? on page 892. To reset the IP phone via web user interface: Click on Settings->Upgrade. Click Reset to Factory Setting in the Reset to Factory Setting field. The web user interface prompts the message “Do you want to reset to factory?”.
  • Page 915 Troubleshooting Navigate to: SIP-T48G/T46G/T42G/T41P/T40P/T29G/T27P/ T27G/T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2/T19(P) E2/CP860: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?p=settin gs-config&q=load For SIP VP-T49G: http://<phoneIPAddress>/servlet?m=mod _data&p=settings-config&q=load Details of Configuration Parameters: Parameters Permitted Values Default features.custom_factory_config.enable 0 or 1 Description: Enables or disables the Import Factory Configuration feature. 0-Disabled 1-Enabled If it is set to 1 (Enabled), Import Factory Configuration item will be displayed on the IP phone's web user interface at the path Settings->Configuration.
  • Page 916 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Parameters Permitted Values Default None To import the custom factory configuration files via web user interface: Click on Settings->Configuration. Click Browse to locate the custom factory configuration file from your local system.
  • Page 917 Troubleshooting The web user interface prompts the message “Are you sure delete user-defined factory configuration?”. Click OK to delete the custom factory configuration files. The imported custom factory file will be deleted. The IP phone will be reset to default factory configurations after resetting. IP phones support remote reboot by a SIP NOTIFY message with “Event: check-sync”...
  • Page 918 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Procedure Changes can only be configured using the configuration files. Configure the IP phone behavior when receiving a SIP NOTIFY message which contains the Configuration File <y0000000000xx>.cfg header “Event: check-sync”. Parameter: sip.notify_reboot_enable...
  • Page 919 Troubleshooting The LCD screen prompts the following warning: Press the OK soft key to reboot the phone. The phone begins rebooting. Any reboot of the phone may take a few minutes. To reboot the phone via web user interface: Click on Settings->Upgrade. Click Reboot to reboot the IP phone.
  • Page 920 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Source Destination Destination Port Source IP Source Port Destination IP Protocol Description of destination port Device Device (Listening port) IP address of IP Determined by IP phone or voice RTP protocol port, it is used to...
  • Page 921 Troubleshooting Source Destination Destination Port Source IP Source Port Destination IP Protocol Description of destination port Device Device (Listening port) Determined by SNMP protocol port, it is used IP address of 1024~65535 SNMP Server destination to communicate with SNMP SNMP server device.
  • Page 922 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Source Destination Destination Port Source IP Source Port Destination IP Protocol Description of destination port Device Device (Listening port) address 1~65535 HTTP port (default value: 443) of PC SIP protocol port, it is used for...
  • Page 923 Troubleshooting Factory reset can restore the original password. All custom settings will be overwritten after reset. The IP phone only uses logo file in DOB format, as the DOB format file has a high compression ratio (the size of the uncompressed file compared to that of the compressed file) and can be stored in smaller space.
  • Page 924 ’ The USB port of Yealink IP phone has a limit current of 500 ~ 700mA. Make sure that the device is USB flash drive or mobile hard disk with low power. If there is no volume sending from the speaker or sending volume is too low, the ...
  • Page 925 Troubleshooting Make sure that the cable of keypad board is properly connected. If the cable is properly connected, it may be the LED on the board is damaged. Tap Menu->Status when the IP phone is idle to check the basic information (e.g., IP address, MAC address and firmware version).
  • Page 926 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Capturing packets after you enable the RFC 2543 Hold feature. SDP media direction attributes (such as a=sendonly) per RFC 2543 is used in the INVITE message when placing a call on hold.
  • Page 927 Appendix 802.1x--an IEEE Standard for port-based Network Access Control (PNAC). It is a part of the IEEE 802.1 group of networking protocols. It provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. ACS (Auto Configuration server)--responsible for auto-configuration of the Central Processing Element (CPE).
  • Page 928 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones technological innovation and excellence. LAN (Local Area Network)--used to interconnects network devices in a limited area such as a home, school, computer laboratory, or office building. MIB (Management Information Base)--a virtual database used for managing the entities in a communications network.
  • Page 929 Appendix Time Zone Time Zone Name Samoa United States-Hawaii-Aleutian, United States-Alaska-Aleutian -9:30 French Polynesia United States-Alaska Time Canada(Vancouver,Whitehorse), Mexico(Tijuana,Mexicali), United States-Pacific Time Canada(Edmonton,Calgary), Mexico(Mazatlan,Chihuahua), United States-MST no DST, United States-Mountain Time Canada-Manitoba(Winnipeg), Chile(Easter Islands), Mexico(Mexico City,Acapulco), United States-Central Time Bahamas(Nassau), Canada(Montreal,Ottawa,Quebec), Cuba(Havana), United States-Eastern Time -4:30 Venezuela(Caracas)
  • Page 930 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Time Zone Time Zone Name +4:30 Afghanistan(Kabul) Kazakhstan(Aqtobe), Kyrgyzstan(Bishkek), Pakistan(Islamabad), Russia(Chelyabinsk) +5:30 India(Calcutta) +5:45 Nepal(Katmandu) Kazakhstan(Astana, Almaty), Russia(Novosibirsk,Omsk) +6:30 Myanmar(Naypyitaw) Russia(Krasnoyarsk), Thailand(Bangkok) Australia(Perth), China(Beijing), Russia(Irkutsk, Ulan-Ude), Singapore(Singapore) +8:45 Eucla Japan(Tokyo), Korea(Seoul), Russia(Yakutsk,Chita)
  • Page 931 Authority X2 are signed by the root certificate ISRG Root X1.) Note Yealink endeavors to maintain a built-in list of most common used CA Certificates. Due to memory constraints, we cannot ensure a complete set of certificates. If you are using a certificate from a commercial Certificate Authority not in the list above, you can send a request to your local distributor.
  • Page 932 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following table lists the number of DSS keys you can configure for each phone model: Phone Model Line Key Programable Key Ext Key SIP VP-T49G SIP-T48G SIP-T46G SIP-T42G SIP-T41P SIP-T40P...
  • Page 933 Appendix The following tables list relationship between the values of X in the following parameters and programable keys for each phone model. # X ranges from 1 to14. programablekey.X.type = programablekey.X.line = programablekey.X.value = programablekey.X.xml_phonebook = programablekey.X.history_type = programablekey.X.pickup_value = # X ranges from 1 to 4.
  • Page 934 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Phone Model SIP-T29G/ SIP-T42G/ SIP-T23P/T23G/ SIP-T48G/ SIP-T19(P) E2 T27P/T27 T41P/T40 CP860 T21(P) E2 T46G VP-T49G Right Right Right Right Right Cancel Cancel Cancel Cancel CONF Hold Hold Hold Mute Mute Mute...
  • Page 935 Appendix DSS key can be assigned with various key features. The parameters of the DSS key are detailed in the following: Configuration File Parameter <y0000000000xx>.cfg linekey.X.type Parameter programablekey.X.type Parameter expansion_module.X.key.Y.type Configures key feature for the DSS key. For line keys (not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP phones and CP860 IP phones): X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G) X ranges from 1 to 27 (for SIP-T46G/T29G)
  • Page 936 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 3-Transfer 4-Hold 5-DND 7-ReCall 8-SMS 9-Direct Pickup 10-Call Park 11-DTMF 12-Voice Mail 13-Speed Dial 14-Intercom 15-Line 16-BLF 17-URL 18-Group Listening 20-Private Hold 22-XML Group 23-Group Pickup 24-Multicast Paging 25-Record 27-XML Browser...
  • Page 937 Appendix 0-N/A 2-Forward 5-DND 7-ReCall 8-SMS 9-Direct Pickup 13-Speed Dial 14-Intercom (only applicable to CP860 IP phones) 22-XML Group 23-Group Pickup 24-Multicast Paging (only applicable to CP860 IP phones) 27-XML Browser 28-History 30-Menu 32-New SMS 33-Status 34-Hot Desking (only applicable to SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G/T19(P) E2 IP phones) 38-LDAP (not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 IP...
  • Page 938 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Valid types are: 0-NA 1-Conference 2-Forward 3-Transfer 4-Hold 5-DND 7-ReCall 8-SMS 9-Direct Pickup 10-Call Park 11-DTMF 12-Voice Mail 13-Speed Dial 14-Intercom 15-Line 16-BLF 17-URL 18-Group Listening 20-Private Hold 22-XML Group 23-Group Pickup...
  • Page 939 Appendix Format Integer For line keys: For SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-29 is 0. For SIP-T46G/T29G IP phones: The default value of the line key 1-16 is 15, and the default value of the line key 17-27 is 0.
  • Page 940 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=10, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=12, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=13, the default value is 0 (NA).
  • Page 941 Appendix When X=5, the default value is 28 (History). When X=6, the default value is 61 (Directory). When X=7, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=8, the default value is 0 (NA). When X=9, the default value is 33 (Status). When X=10, the default value is 0 (NA).
  • Page 942 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 4-Hold 5-DND 7-ReCall 8-SMS 9-Direct Pickup 10-Call Park 11-DTMF 12-Voice Mail 13-Speed Dial 14-Intercom 15-Line 16-BLF 17-URL 18-Group Listening 20-Private Hold 22-XML Group 23-Group Pickup 24-Multicast Paging 25-Record 27-XML Browser 28-History...
  • Page 943 Appendix 52-Switch Account Down 61-Directory 66-Paging List 77-Mobile Account (only applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones) Example linekey.1.type = 8 Configuration File Parameter- <y0000000000xx>.cfg linekey.X.line Parameter- programablekey.X.line Parameter- expansion_module.X.key.Y.line Configures the desired line to apply the key feature. (not applicable to SIP-T19(P) E2 and CP860 IP phones) For line keys: X ranges from 1 to 29 (for SIP...
  • Page 944 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 1-Conference 2-Forward 3-Transfer 4-Hold 5-DND 7-ReCall 8-SMS 9-Direct Pickup 11-DTMF 17-URL 18-Group Listening 20-Private Hold 22-XML Group 24-Multicast Paging 25-Record 27-XML Browser 34-Hot Desking 35-URL Record 38-LDAP 39-BLF List 40-Prefix 41-Zero Touch...
  • Page 945 Appendix When X=16 the default value is 16. Permitted Values: 1 to 16 (for SIP VP-T49G/SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G) 1 to 12 (for SIP-T42G) 1 to 6 (for SIP-T41P/T27P/T27G) 1 to 3 (for SIP-T40P/T23P/T23G) Range 1 to 2 (for SIP-T21(P) E2) 1-Line 1 2-Line 2 …...
  • Page 946 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones X=1-10, 14 (for SIP-T23P/T23G/T21(P) E2) X=1-9, 13, 14 (for SIP-T19(P) E2) X=1-6, 9, 13 (for CP860) For ext keys (only applicable to SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G/T27P/T27G IP phones): X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 20, 22 to 40 (Ext key 21 cannot be configured).
  • Page 947 Appendix SIP-T48G/T46G/T29G/T27P/T27G IP phones): X ranges from 1 to 6, Y ranges from 1 to 40. (Ext key 21 cannot be configured.) Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example linekey.1.label = Dir Parameter- Configuration File linekey.X.pickup_value <y0000000000xx>.cfg Parameter- expansion_module.X.key.Y.pick...
  • Page 948 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Configuration File Parameter- <y0000000000xx>.cfg linekey.X.xml_phonebook Parameter- programablekey.X.xml_phone book Parameter- expansion_module.X.key.Y.xm l_phonebook Configures the desired group or remote phone book when multiple groups or remote phone books are configured on the IP phone.
  • Page 949 Appendix 1-First local group … 5-Fifth local group … 48-Forty-eighth local group When the key feature is configured as XML Group (remote phone book), valid values are: 0-First XML group 1-Second XML group … 4-Fifth XML group Format Integer Default Value Range 0 to 48 Configures the second remote phone book.
  • Page 950 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The following shows auto provisioning flowchart for Yealink IP phones when a user wishes to keep user personalized configuration settings.
  • Page 951 Appendix The following tables list all the configurations defined never be saved to <MAC>-local.cfg file. Item Configurations account.X.sip_server_type Server Type account.X.xsi.server_type network.dhcp_host_name network.pppoe.user network.pppoe.password network.pc_port.enable network.internet_port.speed_duplex network.pc_port.speed_duplex network.static_dns_enable network.ipv6_static_dns_enable network.vlan.pc_port_mode network.dns.ttl_enable network.mtu_value network.vlan.internet_port_enable Network network.vlan.internet_port_vid network.vlan.internet_port_priority network.vlan.pc_port_enable network.vlan.pc_port_vid network.vlan.pc_port_priority network.vlan.dhcp_enable network.vlan.dhcp_option network.vlan.vlan_change.enable network.port.http...
  • Page 952 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Item Configurations network.qos.audiotos network.qos.videotos network.802_1x.mode network.802_1x.identity network.802_1x.md5_password network.802_1x.root_cert_url network.802_1x.client_cert_url network.802_1x.proxy_eap_logoff.enable network.vpn_enable network.lldp.enable network.lldp.packet_interval network.span_to_pc_port network.port.max_rtpport network.port.min_rtpport network.ipv6_prefix network.ipv6_internet_port.type network.ipv6_internet_port.ip network.ipv6_internet_port.gateway network.ipv6_primary_dns network.ipv6_secondary_dns network.ipv6_icmp_v6.enable network.internet_port.type network.internet_port.ip network.internet_port.mask network.internet_port.gateway network.primary_dns network.secondary_dns wifi.enable wifi.X.label Wi-Fi wifi.X.ssid...
  • Page 953 Appendix Item Configurations wifi.X.security_mode wifi.X.password wifi.X.cipher_type wifi.X.password wifi.country wifi.status_detection_timeout wifi.vlan_enable network.vlan.wifi_enable network.vlan.wifi_vid network.vlan.wifi_priority Openvpn openvpn.url security.user_name.user security.user_name.admin security.user_name.var security.user_password security.trust_certificates security.ca_cert security.dev_cert Security security.cn_validation security.var_enable trusted_certificates.url trusted_certificates.delete server_certificates.url server_certificates.delete wui.https_enable wui.http_enable syslog.mode syslog.server syslog.log_level auto_provision.custom.sync Autoprovision auto_provision.custom.protect auto_provision.custom.upload_method...
  • Page 954 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Item Configurations auto_provision.power_on auto_provision.pnp_enable auto_provision.dhcp_option.enable auto_provision.dhcp_option.list_user_options auto_provision.repeat.enable auto_provision.repeat.minutes auto_provision.weekly.enable auto_provision.weekly.dayofweek auto_provision.weekly.begin_time auto_provision.weekly.end_time auto_provision.server.url auto_provision.server.username auto_provision.server.password auto_provision.aes_key_16.com auto_provision.aes_key_16.mac auto_provision.aes_key_in_file auto_provision.dhcp_option.option60_value auto_provision.reboot_force.enable auto_provision.url_wildcard.pn zero_touch.enable zero_touch.wait_time autoprovision.X.name autoprovision.X.code autoprovision.X.user autoprovision.X.password autoprovision.X.url autoprovision.X.com_aes autoprovision.X.mac_aes sip.notify_reboot_enable sip.escape_characters.enable...
  • Page 955 Appendix Item Configurations sip.reserve_characters sip.use_23_as_pound sip.rfc2543_hold account.X.custom_ua sip.reg_surge_prevention sip.send_response_by_request sip.refer_by_header_auto_build sip.tcp_port_random_mode sip.use_out_bound_in_dialog sip.call_park_without_blf sip.min_udp_port sip.max_udp_port sip.min_tcp_port sip.max_tcp_port ldap.password phone_setting.phone_lock.unlock_pin account.X.hoteling.password Configurations associated with the account.X.xsi.password password account.X.password managementserver.connection_request_password managementserver.password account.X.always_fwd.enable account.X.always_fwd.target account.X.always_fwd.off_code account.X.always_fwd.on_code account.X.busy_fwd.enable DND&Forward account.X.busy_fwd.target account.X.busy_fwd.off_code account.X.busy_fwd.on_code account.X.timeout_fwd.enable account.X.timeout_fwd.target...
  • Page 956 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Item Configurations account.X.timeout_fwd.timeout account.X.timeout_fwd.off_code account.X.timeout_fwd.on_code account.X.dnd.enable account.X.dnd.off_code account.X.dnd.on_code features.fwd_mode features.fwd_diversion_enable forward.always.enable forward.always.target forward.always.on_code forward.always.off_code forward.busy.enable forward.busy.target forward.busy.on_code forward.busy.off_code forward.no_answer.enable forward.no_answer.target forward.no_answer.timeout forward.no_answer.on_code forward.no_answer.off_code forward.international.enable features.dnd_mode features.dnd.enable features.dnd.on_code features.dnd.off_code features.dnd_refuse_code account.X.anonymous_call_oncode account.X.anonymous_call_offcode Feature access code account.X.anonymous_reject_oncode...
  • Page 957 Appendix Item Configurations features.pickup.direct_pickup_code account.X.direct_pickup_code features.pickup.group_pickup_code account.X.group_pickup_code call_waiting.on_code call_waiting.off_code features.call_park.park_code features.call_park.group_park_code features.call_park.park_retrieve_code account.X.blf_list_code account.X.blf_list_barge_in_code account.X.blf_list_retrieve_call_parked_code account.X.shared_line_callpull_code voice_mail.number.X custom_mac_cfg.url dialplan_dialnow.url dialplan_replace_rule.url remote_phonebook.data.X.url super_search.url web_item_level.url trusted_certificates.url server_certificates.url Access URL of the xml format resoures local_contact.data.url files/configuration files directory_setting.url custom_factory_configuration.url configuration.url custom_softkey_call_failed.url custom_softkey_call_in.url custom_softkey_connecting.url custom_softkey_dialing.url custom_softkey_ring_back.url...
  • Page 958 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Item Configurations custom_softkey_talking.url firmware.url gui_onscreen_keyboard.url dns_cache_a.X.name dns_cache_a.X.ip dns_cache_a.X.ttl dns_cache_srv.X.name dns_cache_srv.X.port dns_cache_srv.X.priority dns_cache_srv.X.target dns_cache_srv.X.weight dns_cache_srv.X.ttl dns_cache_naptr.X.name dns_cache_naptr.X.flags dns_cache_naptr.X.order dns_cache_naptr.X.preference dns_cache_naptr.X.replace dns_cache_naptr.X.service dns_cache_naptr.X.ttl features.relog_offtime features.blf_list_version phone_setting.show_code403 features.show_default_account account.X.subscribe_expires_overlap Configurations requiring account.X.register_expires_overlap a reboot during auto bw.enable...
  • Page 959 (only for SIP VP-T49G) local_contact.icon.url (only for SIP VP-T49G) local_contact.data_photo_tar.url (only for SIP VP-T49G) This section describes how Yealink IP phones comply with the IETF definition of SIP as described in 3261. This section contains compliance information in the following: RFC and Internet Draft Support ...
  • Page 960 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones RFC 2976—The SIP INFO Method  RFC 3087—Control of Service Context using SIP Request-URI  RFC 3261—SIP: Session Initiation Protocol (replacement for RFC 2543)  RFC 3262—Reliability of Provisional Responses in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) ...
  • Page 961 Appendix RFC 3725—Best Current Practices for Third Party Call Control (3pcc) in the Session  Initiation Protocol (SIP) RFC 3842—A Message Summary and Message Waiting Indication Event Package  for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) RFC 3856—A Presence Event Package for Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) ...
  • Page 962 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones RFC 5589—Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Call Control – Transfer  RFC 5630—The Use of the SIPS URI Scheme in SIP  RFC 5806—Diversion Indication in SIP  RFC 5954—Essential Correction for IPv6 ABNF and URI Comparison in RFC 3261 ...
  • Page 963 Appendix Method Supported Notes Call-ID. CANCEL OPTIONS SUBSCRIBE NOTIFY REFER PRACK INFO MESSAGE UPDATE PUBLISH The following SIP request headers are supported: Note In the following table, a “Yes” in the Supported column means the header is sent and properly parsed. Method Supported Notes...
  • Page 964 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Method Supported Notes CSeq Diversion History-Info Event Expires From Max-Forwards Min-SE P-Asserted-Identity P-Preferred-Identity Proxy-Authenticate Proxy-Authorization RAck Record-Route Refer-To Referred-By Remote-Party-ID Replaces Require Route RSeq Session-Expires Subscription-State Supported User-Agent...
  • Page 965 Appendix The following SIP responses are supported: Note In the following table, a “Yes” in the Supported column means the header is sent and properly parsed. The phone may not actually generate the response. 1xx Response—Information Responses 1xx Response Supported Notes 100 Trying 180 Ringing...
  • Page 966 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 4xx Response Supported Notes 404 Not Found 405 Method Not Allowed 406 Not Acceptable 407 Proxy Authentication Required 408 Request Timeout 409 Conflict 410 Gone 411 Length Required 413 Request Entity Too Large...
  • Page 967 Appendix 5xx Response—Server Failure Responses 5xx Response Supported Notes 500 Internal Server Error 501 Not Implemented 502 Bad Gateway 503 Service Unavailable 504 Gateway Timeout 505 Version Not Supported 6xx Response—Global Responses 6xx Response Supported Notes 600 Busy Everywhere 603 Decline 604 Does Not Exist Anywhere 606 Not Acceptable SDP Headers...
  • Page 968 SIP 6xx—Global Failure Responses The following figure illustrates the scenario of a successful call. In this scenario, the two end users are User A and User B. User A and User B are located at Yealink SIP IP phones. The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B.
  • Page 969 Appendix User B hangs up. User A Proxy Server User B F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 100 Trying F4. 100 Trying F5. 180 Ringing F6. 180 Ringing F7. 200 OK F8. 200 OK F9. ACK F10. ACK 2-way RTP channel established F11.
  • Page 970 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Step Action Description The media capability User A is  ready to receive is specified. The port on which User B is  prepared to receive the RTP data is specified.
  • Page 971 The following figure illustrates the scenario of an unsuccessful call caused by the called user’s being busy. In this scenario, the two end users are User A and User B. User A and User B are located at Yealink SIP IP phones. The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B.
  • Page 972 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The call cannot be set up successfully. User A Proxy Server User B F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 100 Trying F4. 100 Trying F5. 486 Busy Here F6. 486 Busy Here F7.
  • Page 973 The following figure illustrates the scenario of an unsuccessful call caused by the called user’s no answering. In this scenario, the two end users are User A and User B. User A and User B are located at Yealink SIP IP phones. The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B.
  • Page 974 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones The call cannot be set up successfully. User A Proxy Server User B F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. CANCEL F6. CANCEL F7. 200 OK F8.
  • Page 975 The following figure illustrates a successful call setup and call hold. In this scenario, the two end users are User A and User B. User A and User B are located at Yealink SIP IP phones. The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B.
  • Page 976 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones User A places User B on hold. User A Proxy Server User B F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. 200 OK F6. 200 OK F7.
  • Page 977 Appendix Step Action Description CSeq field. The media capability User A is  ready to receive is specified. The port on which User B is  prepared to receive the RTP data is specified. The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the INVITE—Proxy Server to User To field to User B.
  • Page 978 In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network. The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B.
  • Page 979 Appendix User B accepts the call from User C. Proxy Server User C User A User B F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. 200 OK F6. 200 OK F7. ACK F8. ACK 2-way RTP channel established F9.
  • Page 980 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Step Action Description session initiator in the From field. A unique numeric identifier is  assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call-ID field. The transaction number within a ...
  • Page 981 Appendix Step Action Description User C sends a SIP INVITE message to the proxy server. The INVITE request is an invitation to User A to participate in a call session. In the INVITE request: The IP address of User A is inserted ...
  • Page 982 This is called a blind transfer. In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network.
  • Page 983 Appendix The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B. User B answers the call. User B transfers the call to User C. User C answers the call. Call is established between User A and User C. User A Proxy Server User B...
  • Page 984 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Step Action Description The IP address of User B is inserted  in the Request-URI field. User A is identified as the call  session initiator in the From field. A unique numeric identifier is ...
  • Page 985 Appendix Step Action Description User B. The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response. The call session is now active. User B sends a REFER message to the REFER—User B to Proxy Server proxy server. User B performs a blind transfer of User A to User C.
  • Page 986 This is called attended transfer. In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network.
  • Page 987 Appendix Call is established between User B and User C. User A Proxy Server User B User C F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. 200 OK F6. 200 OK F7. ACK F8. ACK 2-way RTP channel established F9.
  • Page 988 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Step Action Description User A is identified as the call  session initiator in the From field. A unique numeric identifier is  assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call-ID field.
  • Page 989 Appendix Step Action Description response. The call session is now active. User A sends a mid-call INVITE request INVITE—User A to Proxy to the proxy server with new SDP Server session parameters, which are used to place the call on hold. INVITE—Proxy Server to User The proxy server forwards the mid-call INVITE message to User B.
  • Page 990 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Step Action Description User A Ringing response to User A. User A hears the ring-back tone indicating that User C is being alerted. User C sends a SIP 200 OK response to 200OK—User C to Proxy...
  • Page 991 User C when User A calls User B. In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network.
  • Page 992 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones User C answers the call. Call is established between User A and User C. User A Proxy Server User B User C F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 302 Move Temporarily F4.
  • Page 993 Appendix Step Action Description prepared to receive the RTP data is specified. The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the INVITE—Proxy Server to User To field to User B. The proxy server sends the INVITE message to User B. User B sends a SIP 302 Moved Temporarily message to the proxy 302 Move Temporarily—User...
  • Page 994 User B is busy. In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network. The call flow scenario is as follows: User B enables busy call forward, and the destination number is User C.
  • Page 995 Appendix Call is established between User A and User C. User A Proxy Server User B User C F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. 302 Move Temporarily F6. ACK F7. 302 Move Temporarily F8.
  • Page 996 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Step Action Description The port on which User B is  prepared to receive the RTP data is specified. The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the INVITE—Proxy Server to User To field to User B.
  • Page 997 User C when User B does not answer the incoming call after a period of time. In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network.
  • Page 998 Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones Call is established between User A and User C. User A Proxy Server User B User C F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. 302 Move Temporarily F6.
  • Page 999 Appendix Step Action Description The port on which User B is  prepared to receive the RTP data is specified. The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the INVITE—Proxy Server to User To field to User B. The proxy server sends the INVITE message to User B.
  • Page 1000 User B and User C. In this call flow scenario, the end users are User A, User B, and User C. They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones, which are connected via an IP network. The call flow scenario is as follows: User A calls User B.
  • Page 1001 Appendix User A mixes the RTP channels and establishes a conference between User B and User C. User A User B User C Proxy Server F1. INVITE B F2. INVITE B F3. 180 Ringing F4. 180 Ringing F5. 200 OK F6.

This manual is also suitable for:

T19(p)E2 seriesCp860T4 seriesT19(p) e2Sip-t2 series ... Show all

Table of Contents